1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 44 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 46 #include <algorithm> 47 #include <cstring> 48 #include <functional> 49 using namespace clang; 50 using namespace sema; 51 52 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 53 if (OwnedType) { 54 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 55 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 56 } 57 58 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 59 } 60 61 namespace { 62 63 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 64 public: 65 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 66 bool AllowTemplates=false) 67 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 68 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 69 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 70 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 71 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 72 } 73 74 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 75 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 76 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 77 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 78 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 79 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 80 } 81 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 82 } 83 84 private: 85 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 86 bool WantClassName; 87 bool AllowClassTemplates; 88 }; 89 90 } 91 92 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 93 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 94 switch (Kind) { 95 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 96 // token kind is a valid type specifier 97 case tok::kw_short: 98 case tok::kw_long: 99 case tok::kw___int64: 100 case tok::kw___int128: 101 case tok::kw_signed: 102 case tok::kw_unsigned: 103 case tok::kw_void: 104 case tok::kw_char: 105 case tok::kw_int: 106 case tok::kw_half: 107 case tok::kw_float: 108 case tok::kw_double: 109 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 110 case tok::kw_bool: 111 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 112 return true; 113 114 case tok::annot_typename: 115 case tok::kw_char16_t: 116 case tok::kw_char32_t: 117 case tok::kw_typeof: 118 case tok::annot_decltype: 119 case tok::kw_decltype: 120 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 121 122 default: 123 break; 124 } 125 126 return false; 127 } 128 129 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 130 /// return the declaration of that type. 131 /// 132 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 133 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 134 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 135 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 136 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 137 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 138 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 139 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 140 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 141 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 142 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 143 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 144 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 145 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 146 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 147 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 148 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 149 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 150 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 151 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 152 153 if (!LookupCtx) { 154 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 155 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 156 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 157 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 158 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 159 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 160 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 161 // 162 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 163 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 164 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 165 return ParsedType(); 166 167 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 168 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 169 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 170 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 171 172 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 173 QualType T = 174 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 175 II, NameLoc); 176 177 return ParsedType::make(T); 178 } 179 180 return ParsedType(); 181 } 182 183 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 184 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 185 return ParsedType(); 186 } 187 188 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 189 // lookup for class-names. 190 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 191 LookupOrdinaryName; 192 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 193 if (LookupCtx) { 194 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 195 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 196 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 197 // nested-name-specifier. 198 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 199 200 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 201 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 202 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 203 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 204 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 205 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 206 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 207 LookupName(Result, S); 208 } 209 } else { 210 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 211 LookupName(Result, S); 212 } 213 214 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 215 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 216 case LookupResult::NotFound: 217 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 218 if (CorrectedII) { 219 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 220 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 221 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 222 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 223 TemplateTy Template; 224 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 225 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 226 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 227 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 228 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 229 if (SS && NNS) { 230 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 231 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 232 } 233 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 234 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 235 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 236 // is handled elsewhere). 237 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 238 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 239 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 240 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 241 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 242 IsCtorOrDtorName, 243 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 244 if (Ty) { 245 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 246 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 247 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 248 if (SS && NNS) 249 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 250 *CorrectedII = NewII; 251 return Ty; 252 } 253 } 254 } 255 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 256 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 257 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 258 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 259 return ParsedType(); 260 261 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 262 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 263 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 264 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 265 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 266 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 267 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 268 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 269 return ParsedType(); 270 } 271 272 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 273 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 274 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 275 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 276 if (!IIDecl || 277 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 278 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 279 IIDecl = *Res; 280 } 281 } 282 283 if (!IIDecl) { 284 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 285 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 286 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 287 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 288 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 289 // a type name. 290 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 291 return ParsedType(); 292 } 293 294 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 295 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 296 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 297 // perform the name lookup again. 298 break; 299 300 case LookupResult::Found: 301 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 302 break; 303 } 304 305 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 306 307 QualType T; 308 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 309 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 310 311 if (T.isNull()) 312 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 313 314 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 315 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 316 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 317 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 318 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 319 // Construct a type with type-source information. 320 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 321 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 322 323 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 324 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 325 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 326 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 327 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 328 } else { 329 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 330 } 331 } 332 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 333 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 334 if (!HasTrailingDot) 335 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 336 } 337 338 if (T.isNull()) { 339 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 340 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 341 return ParsedType(); 342 } 343 return ParsedType::make(T); 344 } 345 346 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 347 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 348 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 349 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 350 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 351 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 352 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 353 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 354 LookupName(R, S, false); 355 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 356 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 357 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 358 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 359 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 360 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 361 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 362 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 363 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 364 } 365 } 366 367 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 368 } 369 370 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 371 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 372 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 373 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 374 /// @code 375 /// template<class T> class A { 376 /// public: 377 /// typedef int TYPE; 378 /// }; 379 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 380 /// public: 381 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 382 /// }; 383 /// @endcode 384 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 385 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 386 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 387 388 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 389 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 390 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 391 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 392 return true; 393 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 394 } 395 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 396 } 397 398 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 399 SourceLocation IILoc, 400 Scope *S, 401 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 402 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 403 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 404 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 405 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 406 407 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 408 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 409 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates); 410 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 411 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 412 Validator)) { 413 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 414 // We corrected to a keyword. 415 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 416 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 417 } else { 418 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 419 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 420 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 421 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 422 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 423 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 424 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 425 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 426 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 427 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 428 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 429 } else { 430 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 431 } 432 433 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 434 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 435 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 436 SourceRange(IILoc)); 437 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 438 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 439 false, ParsedType(), 440 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 441 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 442 } 443 return true; 444 } 445 446 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 447 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 448 UnqualifiedId Name; 449 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 450 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 451 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 452 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 453 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 454 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 455 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 456 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 457 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 458 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 459 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 460 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 461 } 462 return true; 463 } 464 } 465 466 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 467 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 468 469 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 470 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 471 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 472 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 473 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 474 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 475 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 476 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 477 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 478 479 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 480 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 481 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 482 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 483 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 484 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 485 } else { 486 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 487 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 488 } 489 490 return true; 491 } 492 493 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 494 /// or 495 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 496 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 497 NextToken.is(tok::less); 498 499 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 500 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 501 return true; 502 503 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 504 return true; 505 } 506 507 return false; 508 } 509 510 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 511 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 512 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 513 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 514 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 515 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 516 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 517 const char *TagName = 0; 518 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 519 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 520 case TTK_Class: 521 TagName = "class"; 522 FixItTagName = "class "; 523 break; 524 525 case TTK_Enum: 526 TagName = "enum"; 527 FixItTagName = "enum "; 528 break; 529 530 case TTK_Struct: 531 TagName = "struct"; 532 FixItTagName = "struct "; 533 break; 534 535 case TTK_Interface: 536 TagName = "__interface"; 537 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 538 break; 539 540 case TTK_Union: 541 TagName = "union"; 542 FixItTagName = "union "; 543 break; 544 } 545 546 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 547 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 548 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 549 550 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 551 I != IEnd; ++I) 552 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 553 << Name << TagName; 554 555 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 556 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 557 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 558 return true; 559 } 560 561 return false; 562 } 563 564 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 565 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 566 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 567 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 568 569 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 570 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 571 572 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 573 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 574 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 575 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 576 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 577 } 578 579 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 580 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 581 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 582 SourceLocation NameLoc, 583 const Token &NextToken, 584 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 585 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 586 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 587 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 588 589 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 590 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 591 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 592 593 } 594 595 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 596 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 597 598 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 599 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 600 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 601 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 602 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 603 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 604 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 605 return E; 606 } 607 608 bool SecondTry = false; 609 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 610 611 Corrected: 612 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 613 case LookupResult::NotFound: 614 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 615 // call. 616 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 617 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 618 // FIXME: Reference? 619 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 620 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 621 622 // C90 6.3.2.2: 623 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 624 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 625 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 626 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 627 // the function call, the declaration 628 // 629 // extern int identifier (); 630 // 631 // appeared. 632 // 633 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 634 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 635 Result.addDecl(D); 636 Result.resolveKind(); 637 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 638 } 639 } 640 641 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 642 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 643 // "struct", or "union". 644 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 645 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 646 break; 647 } 648 649 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 650 // close to this name. 651 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 652 SecondTry = true; 653 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 654 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 655 &SS, *CCC)) { 656 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 657 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 658 659 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 660 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 661 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 662 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 663 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 664 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 665 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 666 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 667 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 668 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 669 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 670 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 671 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 672 } 673 674 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 675 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 676 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 677 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 678 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 679 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 680 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 681 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 682 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 683 } 684 685 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 686 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 687 688 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 689 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 690 return Name; 691 692 // Also update the LookupResult... 693 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 694 Result.clear(); 695 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 696 if (FirstDecl) 697 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 698 699 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 700 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 701 // reference the ivar. 702 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 703 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 704 Result.clear(); 705 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 706 return E; 707 } 708 709 goto Corrected; 710 } 711 } 712 713 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 714 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 715 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 716 717 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 718 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 719 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 720 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 721 722 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 723 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 724 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 725 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 726 // qualified by the keyword typename. 727 // 728 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 729 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 730 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 731 // keyword here. 732 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 733 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 734 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 735 } 736 737 case LookupResult::Found: 738 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 739 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 740 break; 741 742 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 743 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 744 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 745 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 746 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 747 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 748 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 749 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 750 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 751 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 752 // ambiguous. 753 // 754 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 755 // so try again after filtering out template names. 756 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 757 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 758 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 759 break; 760 } 761 } 762 763 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 764 return NameClassification::Error(); 765 } 766 767 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 768 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 769 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 770 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 771 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 772 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 773 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 774 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 775 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 776 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 777 778 if (!Result.empty()) { 779 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 780 bool IsVarTemplate; 781 TemplateName Template; 782 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 783 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 784 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 785 Result.end()); 786 } else { 787 TemplateDecl *TD 788 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 789 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 790 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 791 792 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 793 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 794 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 795 TD); 796 else 797 Template = TemplateName(TD); 798 } 799 800 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 801 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 802 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 803 // to based on which function we selected. 804 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 805 806 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 807 } 808 809 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 810 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 811 } 812 } 813 814 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 815 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 816 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 817 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 818 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 819 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 820 return ParsedType::make(T); 821 } 822 823 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 824 if (!Class) { 825 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 826 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 827 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 828 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 829 } 830 831 if (Class) { 832 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 833 834 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 835 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 836 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 837 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 838 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 839 } 840 841 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 842 return ParsedType::make(T); 843 } 844 845 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 846 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 847 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 848 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 849 850 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 851 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 852 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 853 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 854 (NextIsOp && 855 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 856 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 857 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 858 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 859 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 860 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 861 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 862 return ParsedType::make(T); 863 } 864 865 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 866 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 867 868 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 869 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 870 } 871 872 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 873 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 874 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 875 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 876 877 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 878 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 879 // the context we'll need to return to. 880 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 881 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 882 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 883 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 884 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 885 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 886 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 887 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 888 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 889 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 890 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 891 892 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 893 // lexical context. 894 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 895 return DC; 896 897 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 898 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 899 // class is the context we need to return to. 900 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 901 DC = RD; 902 903 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 904 // declared in. 905 return DC; 906 } 907 908 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 909 } 910 911 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 912 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 913 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 914 CurContext = DC; 915 S->setEntity(DC); 916 } 917 918 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 919 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 920 921 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 922 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 923 } 924 925 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 926 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 927 /// 928 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 929 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 930 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 931 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 932 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 933 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 934 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 935 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 936 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 937 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 938 // namespace. 939 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 940 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 941 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 942 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 943 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 944 945 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 946 947 #ifndef NDEBUG 948 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 949 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 950 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 951 #endif 952 953 CurContext = DC; 954 S->setEntity(DC); 955 } 956 957 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 958 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 959 960 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 961 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 962 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 963 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 964 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 965 966 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 967 // disappear. 968 } 969 970 971 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 972 // We assume that the caller has already called 973 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 974 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 975 if (!FD) 976 return; 977 978 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 979 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 980 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 981 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 982 CurContext = FD; 983 S->setEntity(CurContext); 984 985 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 986 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 987 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 988 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 989 S->AddDecl(Param); 990 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 991 } 992 } 993 } 994 995 996 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 997 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 998 // rather than the top-level class. 999 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1000 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1001 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1002 } 1003 1004 1005 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1006 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1007 /// 1008 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1009 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1010 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1011 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1012 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1013 /// attribute. 1014 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1015 ASTContext &Context) { 1016 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1017 return true; 1018 1019 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1020 return true; 1021 1022 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1023 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1024 } 1025 1026 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1027 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1028 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1029 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1030 // scope. 1031 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1032 S = S->getParent(); 1033 1034 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1035 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1036 // into any context. 1037 if (AddToContext) 1038 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1039 1040 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1041 // are function-local declarations. 1042 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1043 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1044 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1045 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1046 return; 1047 1048 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1049 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1050 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1051 return; 1052 1053 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1054 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1055 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1056 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1057 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1058 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1059 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1060 1061 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1062 break; 1063 } 1064 } 1065 1066 S->AddDecl(D); 1067 1068 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1069 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1070 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1071 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1072 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1073 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1074 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1075 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1076 continue; 1077 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1078 break; 1079 } 1080 1081 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1082 } else { 1083 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1084 } 1085 } 1086 1087 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1088 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1089 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1090 } 1091 1092 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1093 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1094 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1095 } 1096 1097 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1098 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1099 do { 1100 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1101 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1102 return S; 1103 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1104 1105 return 0; 1106 } 1107 1108 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1109 DeclContext*, 1110 ASTContext&); 1111 1112 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1113 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1114 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1115 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1116 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1117 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1118 while (F.hasNext()) { 1119 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1120 1121 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1122 continue; 1123 1124 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1125 continue; 1126 1127 F.erase(); 1128 } 1129 1130 F.done(); 1131 } 1132 1133 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1134 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1135 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1136 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1137 } 1138 1139 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1140 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1141 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1142 while (F.hasNext()) 1143 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1144 F.erase(); 1145 1146 F.done(); 1147 } 1148 1149 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1150 /// @code 1151 /// class S { 1152 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1153 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1154 /// }; 1155 /// @endcode 1156 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1157 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1158 // the decl here. 1159 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1160 return false; 1161 1162 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1163 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1164 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1165 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1166 return false; 1167 } 1168 1169 // We need this to handle 1170 // 1171 // typedef struct { 1172 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1173 // } A; 1174 // 1175 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1176 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1177 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1178 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1179 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1180 // not. 1181 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1182 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1183 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1184 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1185 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1186 return true; 1187 } 1188 DC = DC->getParent(); 1189 } 1190 1191 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1192 } 1193 1194 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1195 // these semantics. 1196 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1197 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1198 return false; 1199 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1200 } 1201 1202 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1203 assert(D); 1204 1205 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1206 return false; 1207 1208 // Ignore class templates. 1209 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1210 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1211 return false; 1212 1213 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1214 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1215 return false; 1216 1217 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1218 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1219 return false; 1220 } else { 1221 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1222 if (FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1223 !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1224 return false; 1225 } 1226 1227 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1228 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1229 return false; 1230 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1231 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1232 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1233 // like "inline".) 1234 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1235 return false; 1236 1237 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1238 return false; 1239 1240 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1241 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1242 return false; 1243 } else { 1244 return false; 1245 } 1246 1247 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1248 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1249 } 1250 1251 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1252 if (!D) 1253 return; 1254 1255 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1256 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1257 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1258 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1259 } 1260 1261 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1262 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1263 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1264 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1265 } 1266 1267 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1268 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1269 } 1270 1271 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1272 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1273 return false; 1274 1275 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1276 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1277 return false; 1278 1279 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1280 return true; 1281 1282 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1283 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1284 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1285 return false; 1286 1287 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1288 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1289 1290 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1291 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1292 1293 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1294 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1295 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1296 return false; 1297 } 1298 1299 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1300 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1301 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1302 return false; 1303 1304 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1305 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1306 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1307 return false; 1308 1309 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1310 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1311 return false; 1312 1313 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1314 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1315 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1316 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1317 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1318 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1319 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1320 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1321 return false; 1322 } 1323 } 1324 } 1325 } 1326 1327 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1328 } 1329 1330 return true; 1331 } 1332 1333 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1334 FixItHint &Hint) { 1335 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1336 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1337 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1338 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1339 return; 1340 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1341 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1342 } 1343 return; 1344 } 1345 1346 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1347 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1348 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1349 FixItHint Hint; 1350 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1351 return; 1352 1353 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1354 1355 unsigned DiagID; 1356 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1357 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1358 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1359 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1360 else 1361 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1362 1363 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1364 } 1365 1366 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1367 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1368 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1369 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1370 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1371 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1372 } 1373 1374 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1375 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1376 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1377 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1378 1379 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1380 I != E; ++I) { 1381 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1382 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1383 1384 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1385 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1386 1387 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1388 1389 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1390 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) 1391 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1392 1393 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1394 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1395 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1396 1397 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1398 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1399 } 1400 } 1401 1402 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1403 /// 1404 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1405 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1406 /// to the fixed name. 1407 /// 1408 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1409 /// 1410 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1411 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1412 /// 1413 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1414 /// class could not be found. 1415 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1416 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1417 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1418 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1419 // creation from this context. 1420 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1421 1422 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1423 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1424 // find an Objective-C class name. 1425 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1426 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1427 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1428 Validator)) { 1429 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1430 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1431 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1432 } 1433 } 1434 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1435 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1436 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1437 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1438 return Def; 1439 } 1440 1441 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1442 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1443 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1444 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1445 /// ill-formed in C++: 1446 /// @code 1447 /// struct S6 { 1448 /// enum { BAR } e; 1449 /// }; 1450 /// 1451 /// void test_S6() { 1452 /// struct S6 a; 1453 /// a.e = BAR; 1454 /// } 1455 /// @endcode 1456 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1457 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1458 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1459 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1460 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1461 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1462 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1463 /// contain non-field names. 1464 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1465 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1466 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1467 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1468 S = S->getParent(); 1469 return S; 1470 } 1471 1472 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1473 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1474 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1475 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1476 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1477 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1478 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1479 return; 1480 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1481 1482 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1483 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1484 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1485 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1486 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1487 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1488 } 1489 1490 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1491 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1492 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1493 /// built-in. 1494 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1495 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1496 SourceLocation Loc) { 1497 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1498 1499 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1500 1501 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1502 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1503 switch (Error) { 1504 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1505 // Okay 1506 break; 1507 1508 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1509 if (ForRedeclaration) 1510 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1511 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1512 return 0; 1513 1514 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1515 if (ForRedeclaration) 1516 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1517 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1518 return 0; 1519 1520 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1521 if (ForRedeclaration) 1522 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1523 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1524 return 0; 1525 } 1526 1527 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1528 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1529 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1530 << R; 1531 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1532 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1533 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1534 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1535 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1536 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1537 } 1538 1539 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1540 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1541 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1542 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1543 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1544 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1545 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1546 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1547 } 1548 1549 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1550 Parent, 1551 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1552 SC_Extern, 1553 false, 1554 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1555 New->setImplicit(); 1556 1557 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1558 // FunctionDecl. 1559 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1560 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1561 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1562 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1563 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1564 0, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, SC_None, 0); 1565 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1566 Params.push_back(parm); 1567 } 1568 New->setParams(Params); 1569 } 1570 1571 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1572 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1573 1574 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1575 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1576 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1577 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1578 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1579 CurContext = Parent; 1580 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1581 CurContext = SavedContext; 1582 return New; 1583 } 1584 1585 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1586 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1587 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1588 /// entity. 1589 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1590 NamedDecl *decl, 1591 LookupResult &previous){ 1592 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1593 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1594 return; 1595 1596 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1597 if (previous.empty()) 1598 return; 1599 1600 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1601 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1602 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1603 1604 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1605 if (!old->isHidden()) 1606 continue; 1607 1608 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1609 filter.erase(); 1610 } 1611 1612 filter.done(); 1613 } 1614 1615 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1616 QualType OldType; 1617 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1618 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1619 else 1620 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1621 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1622 1623 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1624 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1625 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1626 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1627 << Kind << NewType; 1628 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1629 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1630 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1631 return true; 1632 } 1633 1634 if (OldType != NewType && 1635 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1636 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1637 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1638 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1639 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1640 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1641 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1642 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1643 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1644 return true; 1645 } 1646 return false; 1647 } 1648 1649 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1650 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1651 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1652 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1653 /// 1654 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1655 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1656 // merging checks. 1657 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1658 1659 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1660 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1661 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1662 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1663 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1664 default: break; 1665 case 2: 1666 { 1667 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1668 break; 1669 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1670 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1671 break; 1672 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1673 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1674 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1675 break; 1676 } 1677 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1678 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1679 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1680 return; 1681 } 1682 case 5: 1683 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1684 break; 1685 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1686 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1687 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1688 return; 1689 case 3: 1690 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1691 break; 1692 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1693 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1694 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1695 return; 1696 } 1697 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1698 } 1699 1700 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1701 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1702 if (!Old) { 1703 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1704 << New->getDeclName(); 1705 1706 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1707 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1708 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1709 1710 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1711 } 1712 1713 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1714 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1715 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1716 1717 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1718 // with any extensions enabled. 1719 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1720 return; 1721 1722 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1723 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1724 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1725 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1726 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1727 } 1728 1729 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1730 return; 1731 1732 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1733 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1734 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1735 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1736 // to the type to which it already refers. 1737 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1738 return; 1739 1740 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1741 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1742 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1743 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1744 // 1745 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1746 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1747 // 1748 // struct S { 1749 // typedef struct A { } A; 1750 // }; 1751 // 1752 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1753 // allow the above but disallow 1754 // 1755 // struct S { 1756 // typedef int I; 1757 // typedef int I; 1758 // }; 1759 // 1760 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1761 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1762 return; 1763 1764 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1765 << New->getDeclName(); 1766 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1767 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1768 } 1769 1770 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1771 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1772 return; 1773 1774 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1775 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1776 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1777 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1778 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1779 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1780 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1781 return; 1782 1783 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1784 << New->getDeclName(); 1785 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1786 return; 1787 } 1788 1789 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1790 /// attribute. 1791 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1792 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1793 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1794 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1795 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1796 if (Ann) { 1797 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1798 return true; 1799 continue; 1800 } 1801 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1802 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1803 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1804 return true; 1805 } 1806 1807 return false; 1808 } 1809 1810 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 1811 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1812 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 1813 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1814 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 1815 return true; 1816 } 1817 1818 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 1819 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 1820 /// 1821 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 1822 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 1823 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 1824 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 1825 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0; 1826 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0; 1827 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 1828 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1829 I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1830 E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1831 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 1832 // in a case like: 1833 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 1834 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 1835 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 1836 // definition in such a case. 1837 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1838 return false; 1839 1840 if (I->isAlignas()) 1841 OldAlignasAttr = *I; 1842 1843 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1844 if (Align > OldAlign) { 1845 OldAlign = Align; 1846 OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I; 1847 } 1848 } 1849 1850 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 1851 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0; 1852 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 1853 for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr> 1854 I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(), 1855 E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) { 1856 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1857 return false; 1858 1859 if (I->isAlignas()) 1860 NewAlignasAttr = *I; 1861 1862 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1863 if (Align > NewAlign) 1864 NewAlign = Align; 1865 } 1866 1867 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1868 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 1869 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 1870 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 1871 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 1872 1873 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 1874 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 1875 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 1876 QualType Ty; 1877 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 1878 Ty = VD->getType(); 1879 else 1880 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 1881 1882 if (OldAlign == 0) 1883 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1884 if (NewAlign == 0) 1885 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1886 } 1887 1888 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1889 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 1890 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 1891 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 1892 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1893 } 1894 } 1895 1896 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 1897 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 1898 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 1899 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 1900 // equivalent alignment. 1901 // C11 6.7.5/7: 1902 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 1903 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 1904 // have no alignment specifier. 1905 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 1906 << OldAlignasAttr; 1907 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 1908 << OldAlignasAttr; 1909 } 1910 1911 bool AnyAdded = false; 1912 1913 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 1914 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 1915 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 1916 Clone->setInherited(true); 1917 New->addAttr(Clone); 1918 AnyAdded = true; 1919 } 1920 1921 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 1922 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 1923 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 1924 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 1925 Clone->setInherited(true); 1926 New->addAttr(Clone); 1927 AnyAdded = true; 1928 } 1929 1930 return AnyAdded; 1931 } 1932 1933 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr, 1934 bool Override) { 1935 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1936 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 1937 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1938 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1939 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1940 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1941 AA->getMessage(), Override, 1942 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1943 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1944 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1945 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1946 else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1947 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 1948 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1949 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1950 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 1951 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1952 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1953 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 1954 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1955 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1956 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1957 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 1958 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1959 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1960 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 1961 AttrSpellingListIndex); 1962 else if (MSInheritanceAttr *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 1963 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 1964 AttrSpellingListIndex, 1965 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 1966 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 1967 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 1968 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 1969 NewAttr = 0; 1970 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 1971 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 1972 1973 if (NewAttr) { 1974 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1975 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 1976 return true; 1977 } 1978 1979 return false; 1980 } 1981 1982 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 1983 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1984 return TD->getDefinition(); 1985 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1986 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 1987 if (Def) 1988 return Def; 1989 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 1990 } 1991 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1992 const FunctionDecl* Def; 1993 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 1994 return Def; 1995 } 1996 return NULL; 1997 } 1998 1999 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2000 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 2001 I != E; ++I) { 2002 Attr *Attribute = *I; 2003 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2004 return true; 2005 } 2006 return false; 2007 } 2008 2009 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2010 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2011 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2012 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2013 return; 2014 2015 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2016 if (!Def || Def == New) 2017 return; 2018 2019 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2020 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2021 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2022 2023 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2024 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2025 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2026 else { 2027 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2028 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2029 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2030 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2031 : diag::err_redefinition; 2032 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2033 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2034 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2035 } 2036 ++I; 2037 continue; 2038 } 2039 2040 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2041 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2042 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2043 ++I; 2044 continue; 2045 } 2046 } 2047 2048 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2049 ++I; 2050 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2051 } 2052 2053 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2054 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2055 ++I; 2056 continue; 2057 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2058 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2059 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2060 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2061 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2062 // equivalent alignment. 2063 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2064 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2065 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2066 // have no alignment specifier. 2067 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2068 << AA; 2069 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2070 << AA; 2071 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2072 --E; 2073 continue; 2074 } 2075 } 2076 2077 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2078 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2079 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2080 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2081 --E; 2082 } 2083 } 2084 2085 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2086 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2087 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2088 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2089 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2090 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2091 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2092 } 2093 2094 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2095 return; 2096 2097 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2098 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2099 2100 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2101 return; 2102 2103 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2104 2105 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2106 // we process them. 2107 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2108 2109 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 2110 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 2111 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 2112 i != e; ++i) { 2113 bool Override = false; 2114 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2115 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 2116 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 2117 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) { 2118 switch (AMK) { 2119 case AMK_None: 2120 continue; 2121 2122 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2123 break; 2124 2125 case AMK_Override: 2126 Override = true; 2127 break; 2128 } 2129 } 2130 2131 // Already handled. 2132 if (isa<UsedAttr>(*i)) 2133 continue; 2134 2135 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override)) 2136 foundAny = true; 2137 } 2138 2139 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2140 foundAny = true; 2141 2142 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2143 } 2144 2145 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2146 /// to the new one. 2147 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2148 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2149 Sema &S) { 2150 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2151 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2152 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2153 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2154 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2155 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2156 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2157 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2158 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2159 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2160 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2161 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2162 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2163 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2164 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2165 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2166 } 2167 2168 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2169 return; 2170 2171 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2172 2173 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2174 // done before we process them. 2175 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2176 2177 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 2178 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 2179 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 2180 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 2181 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2182 cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context)); 2183 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2184 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2185 foundAny = true; 2186 } 2187 } 2188 2189 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2190 } 2191 2192 namespace { 2193 2194 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2195 /// C. 2196 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2197 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2198 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2199 QualType PromotedType; 2200 }; 2201 2202 } 2203 2204 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2205 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2206 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2207 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2208 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2209 2210 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2211 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2212 2213 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2214 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2215 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2216 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2217 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2218 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2219 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2220 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2221 } 2222 2223 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2224 } 2225 2226 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2227 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2228 /// GNU89 mode. 2229 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2230 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2231 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2232 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2233 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2234 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2235 } 2236 2237 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2238 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2239 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2240 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2241 return AT; 2242 } 2243 2244 template <typename T> 2245 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2246 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2247 if (DC->isRecord()) 2248 return false; 2249 2250 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2251 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2252 return true; 2253 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2254 return true; 2255 return false; 2256 } 2257 2258 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2259 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2260 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2261 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2262 /// 2263 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2264 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2265 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2266 /// merged with. 2267 /// 2268 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2269 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2270 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2271 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2272 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2273 if (!Old) { 2274 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2275 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2276 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2277 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2278 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2279 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2280 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2281 return true; 2282 } 2283 2284 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2285 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2286 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2287 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2288 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2289 2290 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2291 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2292 if (Old && 2293 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2294 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2295 !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC())) 2296 Old = 0; 2297 2298 if (!Old) { 2299 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2300 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2301 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2302 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2303 return true; 2304 } 2305 OldD = Old; 2306 } else { 2307 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2308 << New->getDeclName(); 2309 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2310 return true; 2311 } 2312 } 2313 2314 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2315 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2316 return true; 2317 2318 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2319 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2320 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2321 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2322 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2323 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2324 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2325 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2326 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2327 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2328 } else 2329 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2330 2331 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2332 // is an extern inline function. 2333 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2334 // storage classes. 2335 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2336 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2337 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2338 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2339 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2340 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2341 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2342 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2343 } else { 2344 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2345 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2346 return true; 2347 } 2348 } 2349 2350 2351 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2352 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2353 // convention of the first. 2354 // 2355 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2356 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2357 // 2358 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2359 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2360 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2361 // 2362 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2363 // other tests to run. 2364 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2365 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2366 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2367 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2368 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2369 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2370 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2371 2372 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2373 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2374 const FunctionType *FT = 2375 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2376 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2377 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2378 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2379 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2380 // there but not here. 2381 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2382 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2383 } else { 2384 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2385 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2386 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2387 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2388 << !FirstCCExplicit 2389 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2390 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2391 2392 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2393 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2394 return true; 2395 } 2396 } 2397 2398 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2399 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2400 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2401 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2402 } 2403 2404 // Merge regparm attribute. 2405 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2406 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2407 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2408 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2409 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2410 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2411 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2412 return true; 2413 } 2414 2415 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2416 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2417 } 2418 2419 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2420 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2421 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2422 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2423 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2424 return true; 2425 } 2426 2427 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2428 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2429 } 2430 2431 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2432 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2433 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2434 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2435 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2436 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2437 } 2438 2439 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2440 // UndefinedButUsed. 2441 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2442 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2443 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2444 Old->isUsed(false) && 2445 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2446 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2447 SourceLocation())); 2448 2449 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2450 // about it. 2451 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2452 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2453 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2454 } 2455 2456 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2457 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2458 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2459 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2460 // cannot be overloaded. 2461 2462 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2463 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2464 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2465 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2466 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2467 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2468 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2469 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2470 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2471 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2472 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2473 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2474 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2475 QualType ResQT; 2476 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2477 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2478 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2479 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2480 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2481 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2482 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2483 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2484 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2485 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2486 else 2487 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2488 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2489 return true; 2490 } 2491 else 2492 NewQType = ResQT; 2493 } 2494 2495 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2496 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2497 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2498 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2499 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2500 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2501 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2502 New->setType( 2503 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2504 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2505 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2506 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2507 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2508 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2509 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2510 } 2511 } 2512 2513 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2514 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2515 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2516 // Preserve triviality. 2517 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2518 2519 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2520 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2521 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2522 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2523 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2524 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2525 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2526 2527 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2528 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2529 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2530 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2531 // is a static member function declaration. 2532 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2533 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2534 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2535 return true; 2536 } 2537 2538 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2539 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2540 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2541 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2542 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2543 unsigned NewDiag; 2544 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2545 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2546 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2547 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2548 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2549 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2550 else 2551 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2552 2553 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2554 } else { 2555 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2556 << New << New->getType(); 2557 } 2558 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2559 2560 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2561 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2562 // 2563 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2564 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2565 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2566 if (isFriend) { 2567 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2568 } else { 2569 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2570 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2571 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2572 return true; 2573 } 2574 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2575 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2576 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2577 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2578 return true; 2579 } 2580 } 2581 2582 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2583 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2584 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2585 // attribute. 2586 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2587 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2588 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2589 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2590 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2591 } 2592 2593 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2594 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2595 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2596 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2597 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2598 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2599 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2600 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2601 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2602 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2603 } 2604 2605 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2606 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2607 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2608 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2609 2610 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2611 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2612 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2613 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2614 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2615 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2616 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2617 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2618 } 2619 2620 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2621 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2622 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2623 // 2624 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2625 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2626 // linkage within class scope. 2627 // 2628 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2629 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2630 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2631 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2632 } else { 2633 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2634 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2635 return true; 2636 } 2637 } 2638 2639 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2640 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2641 2642 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2643 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2644 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2645 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2646 // when we instantiate the function. 2647 return false; 2648 } 2649 2650 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2651 } 2652 2653 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2654 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2655 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2656 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2657 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2658 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2659 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2660 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2661 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2662 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2663 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2664 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2665 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_type_begin(), 2666 OldProto->param_type_end()); 2667 NewQType = 2668 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2669 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2670 New->setType(NewQType); 2671 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2672 2673 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2674 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2675 for (FunctionProtoType::param_type_iterator 2676 ParamType = OldProto->param_type_begin(), 2677 ParamEnd = OldProto->param_type_end(); 2678 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2679 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2680 SourceLocation(), 2681 SourceLocation(), 0, 2682 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2683 SC_None, 2684 0); 2685 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2686 Param->setImplicit(); 2687 Params.push_back(Param); 2688 } 2689 2690 New->setParams(Params); 2691 } 2692 2693 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2694 } 2695 2696 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2697 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2698 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2699 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2700 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2701 // the prototype. 2702 // 2703 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2704 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2705 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2706 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2707 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2708 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2709 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2710 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2711 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2712 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2713 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2714 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2715 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2716 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2717 2718 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2719 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 2720 NewProto->getReturnType()); 2721 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2722 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2723 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2724 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2725 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2726 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2727 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 2728 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2729 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2730 NewParm->getType(), 2731 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2732 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 2733 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 2734 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2735 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2736 } else 2737 LooseCompatible = false; 2738 } 2739 2740 if (LooseCompatible) { 2741 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2742 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2743 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2744 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2745 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2746 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2747 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2748 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2749 } 2750 2751 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2752 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2753 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2754 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2755 } 2756 2757 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2758 } 2759 2760 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2761 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2762 2763 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2764 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2765 unsigned BuiltinID; 2766 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2767 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2768 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2769 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2770 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2771 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2772 << Old << Old->getType(); 2773 2774 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2775 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2776 // 2777 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2778 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2779 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2780 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2781 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2782 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2783 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2784 2785 return false; 2786 } 2787 2788 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2789 } 2790 2791 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2792 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2793 return true; 2794 } 2795 2796 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2797 /// known to be compatible. 2798 /// 2799 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2800 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 2801 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2802 /// redeclaration of Old. 2803 /// 2804 /// \returns false 2805 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2806 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2807 // Merge the attributes 2808 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2809 2810 // Merge "pure" flag. 2811 if (Old->isPure()) 2812 New->setPure(); 2813 2814 // Merge "used" flag. 2815 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 2816 New->setIsUsed(); 2817 2818 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2819 // declarations. 2820 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2821 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2822 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2823 *this); 2824 2825 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2826 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2827 2828 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2829 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 2830 // was visible. 2831 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2832 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 2833 New->setType(Merged); 2834 2835 return false; 2836 } 2837 2838 2839 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2840 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2841 2842 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2843 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 2844 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 2845 : AMK_Override; 2846 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 2847 2848 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2849 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2850 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2851 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2852 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2853 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2854 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 2855 2856 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 2857 } 2858 2859 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2860 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2861 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2862 /// 2863 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2864 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2865 /// is attached. 2866 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 2867 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2868 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2869 return; 2870 2871 QualType MergedT; 2872 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2873 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 2874 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2875 return; 2876 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2877 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2878 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2879 } 2880 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2881 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2882 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2883 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2884 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2885 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2886 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2887 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2888 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2889 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2890 NewArray->getElementType())) 2891 MergedT = New->getType(); 2892 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2893 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2894 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2895 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2896 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2897 NewArray->getElementType())) 2898 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2899 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2900 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2901 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2902 Old->getType()); 2903 } 2904 } else { 2905 // C 6.2.7p2: 2906 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 2907 // compatible type. 2908 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2909 } 2910 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2911 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 2912 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 2913 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 2914 // equivalent. 2915 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 2916 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 2917 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2918 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 2919 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 2920 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 2921 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 2922 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 2923 return; 2924 } 2925 2926 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 2927 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 2928 // 2929 // extern int arr[]; 2930 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 2931 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 2932 // 2933 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 2934 // to diagnose it. 2935 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2936 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2937 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2938 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2939 } 2940 2941 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 2942 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 2943 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2944 New->setType(MergedT); 2945 } 2946 2947 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 2948 LookupResult &Previous) { 2949 // C11 6.2.7p4: 2950 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 2951 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 2952 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 2953 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 2954 // declaration becomes the composite type. 2955 // 2956 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 2957 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 2958 return false; 2959 2960 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2961 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 2962 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 2963 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 2964 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 2965 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 2966 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 2967 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 2968 } else { 2969 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 2970 // type unless we're in the same function. 2971 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 2972 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 2973 } 2974 } 2975 2976 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2977 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2978 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2979 /// 2980 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2981 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2982 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2983 /// 2984 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2985 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2986 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2987 return; 2988 2989 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 2990 2991 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 2992 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2993 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = 0; 2994 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 2995 if (NewTemplate) { 2996 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 2997 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : 0; 2998 } else 2999 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3000 } 3001 if (!Old) { 3002 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3003 << New->getDeclName(); 3004 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3005 diag::note_previous_definition); 3006 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3007 } 3008 3009 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3010 return; 3011 3012 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3013 if (NewTemplate && 3014 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3015 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3016 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3017 return; 3018 3019 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3020 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3021 // 3022 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3023 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3024 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3025 << New->getIdentifier(); 3026 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3027 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3028 } 3029 3030 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3031 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3032 // declaration 3033 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3034 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3035 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3036 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3037 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3038 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3039 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3040 } 3041 3042 // Merge the types. 3043 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3044 3045 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3046 return; 3047 3048 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3049 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3050 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3051 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3052 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3053 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3054 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3055 } 3056 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3057 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3058 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3059 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3060 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3061 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3062 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3063 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3064 // identifier has external linkage. 3065 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3066 /* Okay */; 3067 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3068 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3069 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3070 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3071 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3072 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3073 } 3074 3075 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3076 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3077 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3078 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3079 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3080 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3081 } 3082 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 3083 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3084 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3085 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3086 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3087 } 3088 3089 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3090 3091 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3092 // need to check for mismatches. 3093 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3094 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3095 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3096 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3097 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3098 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3099 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3100 } 3101 3102 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3103 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3104 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3105 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3106 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3107 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3108 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3109 } else { 3110 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3111 // static and dynamic initialization. 3112 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3113 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3114 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3115 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3116 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3117 } 3118 } 3119 3120 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3121 const VarDecl *Def; 3122 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3123 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3124 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3125 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3126 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3127 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3128 return; 3129 } 3130 3131 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3132 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3133 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3134 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3135 return; 3136 } 3137 3138 // Merge "used" flag. 3139 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3140 New->setIsUsed(); 3141 3142 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3143 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3144 if (NewTemplate) 3145 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3146 3147 // Inherit access appropriately. 3148 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3149 if (NewTemplate) 3150 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3151 } 3152 3153 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3154 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3155 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3156 DeclSpec &DS) { 3157 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3158 } 3159 3160 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3161 if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3162 return; 3163 3164 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3165 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3166 // it is anonymous. 3167 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3168 return; 3169 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3170 S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3171 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3172 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3173 return; 3174 } 3175 3176 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3177 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3178 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3179 S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(), 3180 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3181 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3182 Tag, 3183 MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3184 } 3185 } 3186 3187 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3188 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3189 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3190 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3191 DeclSpec &DS, 3192 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3193 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3194 Decl *TagD = 0; 3195 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 3196 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3197 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3198 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3199 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3200 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3201 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3202 3203 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3204 return 0; 3205 3206 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3207 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3208 // it's a Type. 3209 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3210 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3211 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3212 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3213 } 3214 3215 if (Tag) { 3216 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 3217 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3218 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3219 return Tag; 3220 } 3221 3222 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3223 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3224 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3225 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3226 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3227 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3228 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3229 } 3230 3231 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3232 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3233 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3234 if (Tag) 3235 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3236 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3237 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3238 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3239 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3240 else 3241 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3242 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3243 return TagD; 3244 } 3245 3246 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3247 3248 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3249 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3250 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3251 if (TagD && !Tag) 3252 return 0; 3253 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3254 } 3255 3256 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3257 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3258 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3259 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3260 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3261 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3262 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3263 // or an explicit specialization. 3264 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3265 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3266 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3267 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3268 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3269 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3270 << SS.getRange(); 3271 return 0; 3272 } 3273 3274 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3275 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3276 3277 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3278 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3279 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3280 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3281 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3282 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3283 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3284 3285 DeclaresAnything = false; 3286 } 3287 } 3288 3289 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member. 3290 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3291 CurContext->isRecord() && 3292 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3293 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 3294 // struct STRUCT; 3295 // and 3296 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3297 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3298 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 3299 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 3300 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 3301 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 3302 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3303 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3304 } 3305 } 3306 3307 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3308 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3309 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3310 return TagD; 3311 3312 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3313 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3314 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3315 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3316 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3317 DeclaresAnything = false; 3318 3319 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3320 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3321 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3322 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3323 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3324 else 3325 DeclaresAnything = false; 3326 } 3327 3328 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3329 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3330 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3331 << Tag->getTagKind() 3332 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3333 3334 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3335 3336 // C 6.7/2: 3337 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3338 // or the members of an enumeration. 3339 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3340 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3341 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3342 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3343 // previous declaration. 3344 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3345 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3346 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3347 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3348 return TagD; 3349 } 3350 3351 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3352 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3353 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3354 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3355 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3356 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3357 // 3358 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3359 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3360 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3361 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3362 3363 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3364 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3365 // useless. 3366 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 3367 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3368 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3369 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3370 3371 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3372 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3373 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3374 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3375 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3376 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3377 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3378 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3379 // Restrict is covered above. 3380 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3381 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3382 } 3383 3384 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3385 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3386 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3387 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3388 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3389 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3390 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3391 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3392 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3393 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3394 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3395 while (attrs) { 3396 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3397 << attrs->getName() 3398 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3399 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3400 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3401 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3402 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3403 } 3404 } 3405 } 3406 3407 return TagD; 3408 } 3409 3410 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3411 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3412 /// 3413 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3414 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3415 Scope *S, 3416 DeclContext *Owner, 3417 DeclarationName Name, 3418 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3419 unsigned diagnostic) { 3420 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3421 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3422 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3423 3424 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3425 return false; 3426 3427 // Pick a representative declaration. 3428 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3429 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3430 3431 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3432 return false; 3433 3434 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3435 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3436 3437 return true; 3438 } 3439 3440 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3441 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3442 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3443 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3444 /// struct, e.g., 3445 /// 3446 /// @code 3447 /// union { 3448 /// int i; 3449 /// float f; 3450 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3451 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3452 /// @endcode 3453 /// 3454 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3455 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3456 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3457 DeclContext *Owner, 3458 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3459 AccessSpecifier AS, 3460 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3461 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3462 unsigned diagKind 3463 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3464 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3465 3466 bool Invalid = false; 3467 3468 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3469 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3470 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3471 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3472 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3473 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3474 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3475 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3476 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3477 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3478 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3479 Invalid = true; 3480 } else { 3481 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3482 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3483 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3484 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3485 // anonymous union is declared. 3486 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3487 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3488 for (auto *PI : IF->chain()) 3489 Chaining.push_back(PI); 3490 else 3491 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3492 3493 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3494 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3495 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3496 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3497 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3498 3499 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3500 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3501 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3502 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3503 3504 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3505 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3506 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3507 3508 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3509 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3510 3511 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3512 } 3513 } 3514 } 3515 3516 return Invalid; 3517 } 3518 3519 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3520 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3521 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3522 static StorageClass 3523 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3524 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3525 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3526 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3527 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3528 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3529 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3530 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3531 return SC_None; 3532 return SC_Extern; 3533 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3534 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3535 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3536 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3537 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3538 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3539 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3540 } 3541 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3542 } 3543 3544 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 3545 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 3546 3547 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 3548 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 3549 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 3550 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 3551 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 3552 return FD->getLocation(); 3553 } 3554 3555 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 3556 } 3557 3558 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3559 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 3560 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3561 return; 3562 3563 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 3564 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 3565 } 3566 3567 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3568 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 3569 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3570 return; 3571 3572 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 3573 } 3574 3575 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3576 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3577 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3578 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3579 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3580 AccessSpecifier AS, 3581 RecordDecl *Record, 3582 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 3583 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3584 3585 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3586 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3587 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3588 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3589 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3590 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3591 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3592 3593 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3594 // structs/unions. 3595 bool Invalid = false; 3596 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3597 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 3598 unsigned DiagID; 3599 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3600 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3601 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3602 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3603 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3604 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3605 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3606 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3607 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3608 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3609 3610 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3611 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3612 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 3613 } 3614 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3615 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3616 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3617 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3618 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3619 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3620 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3621 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3622 3623 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3624 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3625 SourceLocation(), 3626 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3627 } 3628 } 3629 3630 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3631 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3632 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3633 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3634 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3635 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3636 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3637 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3638 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3639 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3640 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3641 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3642 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3643 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3644 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3645 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3646 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3647 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3648 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3649 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3650 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3651 3652 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3653 } 3654 3655 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3656 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3657 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3658 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3659 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 3660 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 3661 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3662 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3663 // members (clause 11). 3664 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3665 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3666 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3667 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3668 Invalid = true; 3669 } 3670 3671 // C++ [class.union]p1 3672 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3673 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3674 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3675 // array of such objects. 3676 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3677 Invalid = true; 3678 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 3679 // Any implicit members are fine. 3680 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3681 // This is a type that showed up in an 3682 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3683 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3684 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3685 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 3686 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3687 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3688 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3689 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3690 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3691 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3692 else { 3693 // This is a nested type declaration. 3694 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3695 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3696 Invalid = true; 3697 } 3698 } else { 3699 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3700 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3701 // not part of standard C++. 3702 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3703 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3704 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3705 } 3706 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 3707 // Any access specifier is fine. 3708 } else { 3709 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3710 // member. Complain about it. 3711 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3712 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 3713 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3714 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 3715 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3716 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 3717 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3718 3719 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3720 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3721 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3722 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3723 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3724 else { 3725 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 3726 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3727 Invalid = true; 3728 } 3729 } 3730 } 3731 3732 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 3733 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 3734 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 3735 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 3736 Owner->isRecord()) 3737 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 3738 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 3739 } 3740 3741 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3742 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3743 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3744 Invalid = true; 3745 } 3746 3747 // Mock up a declarator. 3748 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3749 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3750 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3751 3752 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3753 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3754 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3755 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3756 DS.getLocStart(), 3757 Record->getLocation(), 3758 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3759 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3760 TInfo, 3761 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3762 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3763 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3764 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3765 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3766 } else { 3767 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3768 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 3769 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3770 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3771 // an error here 3772 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3773 Invalid = true; 3774 SC = SC_None; 3775 } 3776 3777 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3778 DS.getLocStart(), 3779 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3780 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3781 TInfo, SC); 3782 3783 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3784 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3785 // initializer: 3786 // union { int n = 0; }; 3787 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3788 } 3789 Anon->setImplicit(); 3790 3791 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 3792 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3793 3794 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3795 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3796 // its members. 3797 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3798 3799 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3800 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3801 // purposes. 3802 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3803 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3804 3805 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3806 Chain, false)) 3807 Invalid = true; 3808 3809 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 3810 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 3811 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3812 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3813 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 3814 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3815 Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3816 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 3817 } 3818 } 3819 } 3820 3821 if (Invalid) 3822 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3823 3824 return Anon; 3825 } 3826 3827 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3828 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3829 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3830 /// Example: 3831 /// 3832 /// struct A { int a; }; 3833 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3834 /// 3835 /// void foo() { 3836 /// B var; 3837 /// var.a = 3; 3838 /// } 3839 /// 3840 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3841 RecordDecl *Record) { 3842 3843 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3844 if (!Record) 3845 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3846 3847 // Mock up a declarator. 3848 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3849 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3850 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3851 3852 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3853 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3854 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3855 DS.getLocStart(), 3856 DS.getLocStart(), 3857 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3858 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3859 TInfo, 3860 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3861 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3862 Anon->setImplicit(); 3863 3864 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3865 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3866 3867 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3868 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3869 // purposes. 3870 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3871 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3872 3873 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3874 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3875 RecordDef, AS_none, 3876 Chain, true)) 3877 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3878 3879 return Anon; 3880 } 3881 3882 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3883 /// given Declarator. 3884 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3885 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3886 } 3887 3888 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3889 DeclarationNameInfo 3890 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3891 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3892 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3893 3894 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3895 3896 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3897 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3898 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3899 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3900 return NameInfo; 3901 3902 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3903 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3904 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3905 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3906 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3907 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3908 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3909 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3910 return NameInfo; 3911 3912 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3913 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3914 Name.Identifier)); 3915 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3916 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3917 return NameInfo; 3918 3919 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3920 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3921 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3922 if (Ty.isNull()) 3923 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3924 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3925 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3926 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3927 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3928 return NameInfo; 3929 } 3930 3931 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3932 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3933 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3934 if (Ty.isNull()) 3935 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3936 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3937 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3938 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3939 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3940 return NameInfo; 3941 } 3942 3943 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3944 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3945 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3946 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3947 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3948 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3949 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3950 3951 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3952 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3953 3954 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3955 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3956 // was qualified. 3957 3958 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3959 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3960 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3961 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3962 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3963 return NameInfo; 3964 } 3965 3966 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3967 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3968 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3969 if (Ty.isNull()) 3970 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3971 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3972 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3973 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3974 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3975 return NameInfo; 3976 } 3977 3978 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3979 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3980 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3981 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3982 } 3983 3984 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3985 3986 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3987 } 3988 3989 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3990 do { 3991 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3992 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3993 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3994 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3995 else 3996 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3997 } while (true); 3998 } 3999 4000 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4001 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4002 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4003 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4004 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4005 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4006 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4007 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4008 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4009 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4010 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4011 Params.clear(); 4012 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4013 return false; 4014 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4015 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4016 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4017 4018 // The parameter types are identical 4019 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4020 continue; 4021 4022 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4023 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4024 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4025 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4026 4027 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4028 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4029 Params.push_back(Idx); 4030 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4031 return false; 4032 } 4033 4034 return true; 4035 } 4036 4037 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4038 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4039 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4040 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4041 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4042 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4043 DeclarationName Name) { 4044 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4045 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4046 // - types which will become injected class names 4047 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4048 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4049 // few cases here. 4050 4051 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4052 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4053 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4054 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4055 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4056 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4057 // Grab the type from the parser. 4058 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 4059 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4060 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4061 4062 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4063 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4064 // attached already. 4065 if (!TSI) 4066 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4067 4068 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4069 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4070 if (!TSI) return true; 4071 4072 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4073 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4074 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4075 break; 4076 } 4077 4078 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4079 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4080 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4081 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4082 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4083 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4084 break; 4085 } 4086 4087 default: 4088 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4089 break; 4090 } 4091 4092 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4093 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4094 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4095 4096 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4097 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4098 // pointer. 4099 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4100 continue; 4101 4102 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4103 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4104 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4105 return true; 4106 } 4107 4108 return false; 4109 } 4110 4111 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4112 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4113 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4114 4115 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4116 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4117 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4118 4119 return Dcl; 4120 } 4121 4122 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4123 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4124 /// name different from T: 4125 /// - every static data member of class T; 4126 /// - every member function of class T 4127 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4128 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4129 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4130 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4131 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4132 4133 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4134 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4135 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4136 return true; 4137 } 4138 4139 return false; 4140 } 4141 4142 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4143 /// nested-name-specifier. 4144 /// 4145 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4146 /// 4147 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4148 /// resolves. 4149 /// 4150 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4151 /// 4152 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4153 /// 4154 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4155 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4156 DeclarationName Name, 4157 SourceLocation Loc) { 4158 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4159 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4160 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4161 4162 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4163 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4164 // 4165 // class X { 4166 // void X::f(); 4167 // }; 4168 // 4169 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4170 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4171 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4172 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4173 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4174 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4175 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4176 SS.clear(); 4177 } else { 4178 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4179 } 4180 return false; 4181 } 4182 4183 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4184 // declaration. 4185 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4186 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4187 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4188 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4189 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4190 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4191 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4192 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4193 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4194 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4195 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4196 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4197 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4198 else 4199 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4200 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4201 4202 return true; 4203 } 4204 4205 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4206 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4207 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4208 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4209 SS.clear(); 4210 4211 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4212 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4213 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4214 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4215 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4216 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4217 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4218 return true; 4219 4220 return false; 4221 } 4222 4223 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4224 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4225 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4226 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4227 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4228 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4229 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4230 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4231 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4232 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4233 4234 return false; 4235 } 4236 4237 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4238 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4239 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4240 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4241 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4242 4243 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4244 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4245 if (!Name) { 4246 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4247 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4248 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4249 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4250 return 0; 4251 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4252 return 0; 4253 4254 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4255 // we find one that is. 4256 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4257 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4258 S = S->getParent(); 4259 4260 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4261 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4262 D.setInvalidType(); 4263 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4264 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4265 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4266 return 0; 4267 4268 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4269 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4270 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4271 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4272 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4273 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4274 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4275 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4276 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4277 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4278 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4279 return 0; 4280 } 4281 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4282 4283 if (!IsDependentContext && 4284 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4285 return 0; 4286 4287 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4288 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4289 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4290 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4291 D.setInvalidType(); 4292 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4293 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4294 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4295 if (DC->isRecord()) 4296 return 0; 4297 4298 D.setInvalidType(); 4299 } 4300 } 4301 4302 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4303 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4304 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4305 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4306 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4307 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4308 D.setInvalidType(); 4309 } 4310 } 4311 4312 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4313 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4314 // Just return early; it's safer. 4315 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4316 return 0; 4317 4318 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4319 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4320 4321 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4322 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4323 D.setInvalidType(); 4324 4325 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4326 ForRedeclaration); 4327 4328 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4329 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4330 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4331 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4332 4333 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4334 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4335 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4336 // 4337 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4338 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4339 // the same name. 4340 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4341 /* Do nothing*/; 4342 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4343 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4344 R->isFunctionType())) { 4345 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4346 CreateBuiltins = 4347 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4348 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4349 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4350 CreateBuiltins = true; 4351 4352 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4353 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4354 4355 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4356 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4357 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4358 4359 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4360 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4361 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4362 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4363 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4364 // thereof; [...] 4365 // 4366 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4367 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4368 // we want to match. For example, given: 4369 // 4370 // class X { 4371 // void f(); 4372 // void f(float); 4373 // }; 4374 // 4375 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4376 // 4377 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4378 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4379 // matches. 4380 4381 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4382 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4383 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4384 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4385 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4386 } 4387 4388 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4389 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4390 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4391 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4392 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4393 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4394 4395 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4396 Previous.clear(); 4397 } 4398 4399 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4400 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4401 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4402 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4403 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4404 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4405 Previous.clear(); 4406 4407 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4408 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4409 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4410 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4411 4412 NamedDecl *New; 4413 4414 bool AddToScope = true; 4415 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4416 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4417 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4418 return 0; 4419 } 4420 4421 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4422 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4423 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4424 TemplateParamLists, 4425 AddToScope); 4426 } else { 4427 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4428 AddToScope); 4429 } 4430 4431 if (New == 0) 4432 return 0; 4433 4434 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4435 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4436 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4437 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4438 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4439 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4440 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4441 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4442 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4443 if (!AddToContext) 4444 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4445 } 4446 4447 return New; 4448 } 4449 4450 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4451 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4452 /// GCC compatibility). 4453 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4454 ASTContext &Context, 4455 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4456 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4457 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4458 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4459 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4460 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4461 SizeIsNegative = false; 4462 Oversized = 0; 4463 4464 if (T->isDependentType()) 4465 return QualType(); 4466 4467 QualifierCollector Qs; 4468 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4469 4470 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4471 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4472 QualType FixedType = 4473 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4474 Oversized); 4475 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4476 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4477 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4478 } 4479 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4480 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4481 QualType FixedType = 4482 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4483 Oversized); 4484 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4485 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4486 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4487 } 4488 4489 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4490 if (!VLATy) 4491 return QualType(); 4492 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4493 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4494 return QualType(); 4495 4496 llvm::APSInt Res; 4497 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4498 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4499 return QualType(); 4500 4501 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4502 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4503 SizeIsNegative = true; 4504 return QualType(); 4505 } 4506 4507 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4508 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4509 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4510 Res); 4511 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4512 Oversized = Res; 4513 return QualType(); 4514 } 4515 4516 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4517 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4518 } 4519 4520 static void 4521 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4522 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4523 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4524 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4525 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4526 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4527 return; 4528 } 4529 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4530 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4531 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4532 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4533 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4534 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4535 return; 4536 } 4537 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4538 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4539 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4540 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4541 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4542 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4543 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4544 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4545 } 4546 4547 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4548 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4549 /// GCC compatibility). 4550 static TypeSourceInfo* 4551 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4552 ASTContext &Context, 4553 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4554 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4555 QualType FixedTy 4556 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4557 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4558 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4559 return 0; 4560 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4561 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4562 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4563 return FixedTInfo; 4564 } 4565 4566 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4567 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4568 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4569 /// function-scope declarations. 4570 void 4571 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4572 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4573 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4574 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4575 return; 4576 4577 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4578 // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked 4579 // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C. 4580 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4581 } 4582 4583 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4584 if (ExternalSource) { 4585 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4586 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls? 4587 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4588 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4589 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4590 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4591 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4592 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4593 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4594 } 4595 } 4596 4597 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name); 4598 return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : 0; 4599 } 4600 4601 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4602 /// does not identify a function. 4603 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4604 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4605 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4606 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4607 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4608 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4609 4610 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4611 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4612 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4613 4614 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4615 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4616 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4617 4618 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4619 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4620 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4621 } 4622 4623 NamedDecl* 4624 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4625 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4626 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4627 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4628 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4629 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4630 D.setInvalidType(); 4631 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4632 DC = CurContext; 4633 Previous.clear(); 4634 } 4635 4636 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4637 4638 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4639 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4640 << 1; 4641 4642 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4643 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4644 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4645 return 0; 4646 } 4647 4648 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4649 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4650 4651 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4652 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4653 4654 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4655 4656 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4657 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4658 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4659 return ND; 4660 } 4661 4662 void 4663 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4664 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4665 // then it shall have block scope. 4666 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4667 // that redeclarations will match. 4668 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4669 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4670 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4671 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4672 4673 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4674 bool SizeIsNegative; 4675 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4676 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4677 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4678 SizeIsNegative, 4679 Oversized); 4680 if (FixedTInfo) { 4681 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4682 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4683 } else { 4684 if (SizeIsNegative) 4685 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4686 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4687 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4688 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4689 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4690 << Oversized.toString(10); 4691 else 4692 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4693 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4694 } 4695 } 4696 } 4697 } 4698 4699 4700 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4701 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4702 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4703 NamedDecl* 4704 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4705 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4706 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4707 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4708 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 4709 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 4710 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4711 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4712 Redeclaration = true; 4713 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4714 } 4715 4716 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4717 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4718 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4719 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4720 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4721 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4722 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4723 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4724 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4725 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4726 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4727 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4728 } 4729 4730 return NewTD; 4731 } 4732 4733 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4734 /// previous declaration. 4735 /// 4736 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4737 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4738 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4739 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4740 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4741 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4742 /// 4743 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4744 /// lookup 4745 /// 4746 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4747 /// declared. 4748 /// 4749 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4750 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4751 static bool 4752 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4753 ASTContext &Context) { 4754 if (!PrevDecl) 4755 return false; 4756 4757 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4758 return false; 4759 4760 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4761 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4762 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4763 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4764 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4765 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4766 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4767 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4768 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4769 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4770 return false; 4771 4772 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4773 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4774 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4775 return false; 4776 4777 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4778 // previous declarations. 4779 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4780 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4781 4782 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4783 // isn't the same function. 4784 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4785 return false; 4786 } 4787 4788 return true; 4789 } 4790 4791 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4792 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4793 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4794 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4795 } 4796 4797 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4798 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4799 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4800 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4801 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4802 unsigned kind = -1U; 4803 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4804 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4805 kind = 0; // __block 4806 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4807 kind = 1; // global 4808 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4809 kind = 3; // ivar 4810 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4811 kind = 2; // field 4812 } 4813 4814 if (kind != -1U) { 4815 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4816 << kind; 4817 } 4818 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4819 // Try to infer lifetime. 4820 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4821 return false; 4822 4823 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4824 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4825 decl->setType(type); 4826 } 4827 4828 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4829 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4830 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4831 var->getTLSKind()) { 4832 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4833 << var->getType(); 4834 return true; 4835 } 4836 } 4837 4838 return false; 4839 } 4840 4841 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 4842 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 4843 // the wrong linkage. 4844 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 4845 4846 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 4847 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 4848 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4849 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 4850 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 4851 } 4852 } 4853 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 4854 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4855 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 4856 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 4857 } 4858 } 4859 4860 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 4861 // It does not apply to functions. 4862 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 4863 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4864 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 4865 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 4866 } 4867 } 4868 } 4869 4870 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 4871 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 4872 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 4873 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 4874 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 4875 4876 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 4877 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 4878 4879 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 4880 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 4881 return false; 4882 4883 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 4884 4885 #ifndef NDEBUG 4886 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 4887 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 4888 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 4889 // builds. This is an awful hack. 4890 FD->setLazyBody(1); 4891 #endif 4892 4893 bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline); 4894 4895 #ifndef NDEBUG 4896 FD->setLazyBody(0); 4897 #endif 4898 4899 return isC99Inline; 4900 } 4901 4902 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 4903 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 4904 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 4905 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 4906 /// 4907 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 4908 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 4909 /// 4910 /// For instance: 4911 /// 4912 /// auto x = []{}; 4913 /// 4914 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 4915 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 4916 /// 4917 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 4918 template<typename T> 4919 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 4920 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4921 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 4922 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 4923 return false; 4924 } 4925 return D->isExternC(); 4926 } 4927 4928 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 4929 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4930 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4931 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 4932 if (DC->isFileContext()) 4933 return true; 4934 if (DC->isRecord()) 4935 return false; 4936 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4937 } 4938 4939 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 4940 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 4941 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4942 return true; 4943 if (DC->isRecord()) 4944 return false; 4945 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 4946 } 4947 4948 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 4949 /// function-local external declaration. 4950 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 4951 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4952 return false; 4953 4954 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 4955 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 4956 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 4957 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 4958 return true; 4959 4960 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 4961 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 4962 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 4963 // innermost enclosing namespace. 4964 // 4965 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 4966 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 4967 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 4968 DC = DC->getParent(); 4969 return true; 4970 } 4971 4972 NamedDecl * 4973 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4974 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4975 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 4976 bool &AddToScope) { 4977 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4978 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4979 4980 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4981 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = 4982 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 4983 4984 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 4985 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 4986 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 4987 4988 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4989 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 4990 QualType NR = R; 4991 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 4992 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 4993 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 4994 D.setInvalidType(); 4995 break; 4996 } 4997 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 4998 } 4999 5000 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5001 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5002 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5003 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5004 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5005 D.setInvalidType(); 5006 } 5007 } 5008 } 5009 5010 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5011 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5012 // an error here 5013 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5014 D.setInvalidType(); 5015 SC = SC_None; 5016 } 5017 5018 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5019 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5020 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5021 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5022 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5023 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5024 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5025 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5026 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5027 } 5028 5029 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5030 if (!II) { 5031 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5032 << Name; 5033 return 0; 5034 } 5035 5036 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5037 5038 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 5039 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5040 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5041 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 5042 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 5043 // is a GNU extension. 5044 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 5045 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 5046 else 5047 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5048 D.setInvalidType(); 5049 } 5050 } 5051 5052 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5053 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5054 // OpenCL __local address space. 5055 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5056 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5057 } 5058 5059 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5060 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5061 // space qualifiers. 5062 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5063 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5064 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5065 } 5066 5067 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5068 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5069 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5070 // address space qualifiers. 5071 if (R->isEventT()) { 5072 if (S->getParent() == 0) { 5073 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5074 D.setInvalidType(); 5075 } 5076 5077 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5078 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5079 D.setInvalidType(); 5080 } 5081 } 5082 } 5083 5084 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5085 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5086 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5087 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5088 VarDecl *NewVD = 0; 5089 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = 0; 5090 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 0; 5091 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5092 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5093 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5094 R, TInfo, SC); 5095 5096 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5097 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5098 } else { 5099 bool Invalid = false; 5100 5101 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5102 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5103 switch (SC) { 5104 case SC_None: 5105 break; 5106 case SC_Static: 5107 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5108 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5109 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5110 break; 5111 case SC_Auto: 5112 case SC_Register: 5113 case SC_Extern: 5114 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5115 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5116 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5117 // of class members 5118 5119 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5120 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5121 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5122 break; 5123 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5124 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5125 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5126 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5127 } 5128 } 5129 5130 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5131 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5132 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5133 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5134 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5135 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5136 5137 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5138 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5139 if (RD->isUnion()) 5140 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5141 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5142 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5143 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5144 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5145 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5146 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5147 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5148 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5149 } 5150 } 5151 5152 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5153 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5154 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5155 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5156 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, 5157 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5158 5159 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId && 5160 !TemplateParams) { 5161 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5162 5163 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5164 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5165 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5166 // too few of them). 5167 // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations 5168 // (starting with "template") and the rest. 5169 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5170 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5171 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5172 "template<> "); 5173 IsExplicitSpecialization = true; 5174 TemplateParams = TemplateParameterList::Create(Context, SourceLocation(), 5175 SourceLocation(), 0, 0, 5176 SourceLocation()); 5177 } 5178 5179 if (TemplateParams) { 5180 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5181 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5182 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5183 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5184 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5185 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5186 << II 5187 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5188 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5189 TemplateParams = 0; 5190 } else { 5191 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5192 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5193 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y 5194 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5195 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5196 5197 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5198 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5199 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5200 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5201 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5202 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5203 // This is a template declaration. 5204 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5205 5206 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5207 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5208 return 0; 5209 } 5210 } 5211 } 5212 5213 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5214 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5215 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5216 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5217 : SourceLocation(); 5218 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5219 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5220 IsPartialSpecialization); 5221 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5222 return 0; 5223 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5224 AddToScope = false; 5225 } else 5226 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5227 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5228 5229 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5230 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5231 NewTemplate = 5232 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5233 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5234 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5235 } 5236 5237 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5238 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5239 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5240 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5241 5242 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5243 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5244 if (NewTemplate) 5245 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5246 } 5247 5248 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5249 5250 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5251 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5252 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5253 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5254 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5255 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists, 5256 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5257 5258 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5259 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5260 } 5261 5262 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5263 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5264 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5265 if (NewTemplate) 5266 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5267 5268 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5269 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5270 5271 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5272 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) { 5273 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5274 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5275 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5276 // explicitly. 5277 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5278 // 'extern'. 5279 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 5280 TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local && 5281 DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5282 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5283 else 5284 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5285 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5286 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5287 } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 5288 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5289 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5290 else 5291 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5292 } 5293 5294 // C99 6.7.4p3 5295 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5296 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5297 // thread storage duration... 5298 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5299 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5300 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5301 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5302 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5303 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 5304 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5305 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5306 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5307 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5308 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5309 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5310 } 5311 } 5312 5313 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5314 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5315 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5316 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5317 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5318 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5319 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5320 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5321 << 2 5322 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5323 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5324 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5325 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5326 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5327 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5328 else { 5329 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5330 if (NewTemplate) 5331 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5332 } 5333 } 5334 5335 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5336 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5337 5338 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 5339 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 5340 5341 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5342 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5343 // storage [duration]." 5344 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 5345 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5346 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5347 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5348 } 5349 } 5350 5351 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5352 // retainable type. 5353 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5354 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5355 5356 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5357 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5358 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5359 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5360 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5361 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 5362 switch (SC) { 5363 case SC_None: 5364 case SC_Auto: 5365 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5366 break; 5367 case SC_Register: 5368 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5369 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5370 break; 5371 case SC_Static: 5372 case SC_Extern: 5373 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5374 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5375 break; 5376 } 5377 } 5378 5379 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5380 Context, Label, 0)); 5381 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5382 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5383 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5384 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5385 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5386 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5387 } 5388 } 5389 5390 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5391 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 5392 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5393 5394 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5395 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5396 // declaration has linkage). 5397 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5398 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 5399 IsExplicitSpecialization || 5400 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 5401 5402 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 5403 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 5404 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5405 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 5406 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 5407 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 5408 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 5409 5410 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5411 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5412 } else { 5413 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 5414 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5415 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5416 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5417 5418 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5419 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5420 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5421 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5422 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5423 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5424 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5425 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5426 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5427 Previous.clear(); 5428 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5429 } 5430 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5431 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5432 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5433 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5434 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5435 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5436 } 5437 5438 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5439 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5440 5441 if (NewTemplate) { 5442 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 5443 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 5444 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 5445 : 0; 5446 5447 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 5448 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 5449 // template declaration. 5450 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 5451 TemplateParams, 5452 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 5453 : 0, 5454 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 5455 DC->isDependentContext()) 5456 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5457 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 5458 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5459 5460 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 5461 // template, make a note of that. 5462 if (PrevVarTemplate && 5463 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 5464 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 5465 } 5466 } 5467 5468 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5469 5470 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5471 // the map of such variables. 5472 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5473 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5474 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5475 5476 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5477 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5478 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 5479 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 5480 ManglingContextDecl)) { 5481 Context.setManglingNumber( 5482 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 5483 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 5484 } 5485 } 5486 5487 if (NewTemplate) { 5488 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5489 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5490 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 5491 return NewTemplate; 5492 } 5493 5494 return NewVD; 5495 } 5496 5497 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5498 /// -Wshadow. 5499 /// 5500 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5501 /// scope. 5502 /// 5503 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5504 /// \param R the lookup of the name 5505 /// 5506 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5507 // Return if warning is ignored. 5508 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 5509 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5510 return; 5511 5512 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5513 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5514 return; 5515 5516 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5517 5518 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5519 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5520 return; 5521 5522 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5523 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5524 return; 5525 5526 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5527 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5528 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5529 if (MD->isStatic()) 5530 return; 5531 5532 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5533 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5534 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5535 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5536 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 5537 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5538 ShadowedDecl = I; 5539 break; 5540 } 5541 } 5542 5543 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5544 5545 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5546 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5547 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5548 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5549 return; 5550 5551 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5552 // static data members from base classes? 5553 5554 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5555 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5556 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5557 } 5558 5559 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5560 unsigned Kind; 5561 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5562 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5563 Kind = 3; // field 5564 else 5565 Kind = 2; // static data member 5566 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5567 Kind = 1; // global 5568 else 5569 Kind = 0; // local 5570 5571 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5572 5573 // Emit warning and note. 5574 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 5575 return; 5576 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5577 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5578 } 5579 5580 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5581 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5582 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 5583 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 5584 return; 5585 5586 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5587 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5588 LookupName(R, S); 5589 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5590 } 5591 5592 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 5593 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 5594 template<typename T> 5595 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 5596 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 5597 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 5598 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 5599 5600 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5601 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 5602 // declaration. 5603 return false; 5604 } 5605 5606 if (Prev) { 5607 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5608 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 5609 // redeclaration. 5610 Previous.clear(); 5611 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5612 return true; 5613 } 5614 5615 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 5616 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 5617 // declaration. 5618 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 5619 return false; 5620 } else { 5621 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 5622 // translation unit which might conflict. 5623 if (IsGlobal) { 5624 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 5625 IsGlobal = false; 5626 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 5627 I != E; ++I) { 5628 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5629 Prev = *I; 5630 break; 5631 } 5632 } 5633 } else { 5634 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 5635 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 5636 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 5637 I != E; ++I) { 5638 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5639 Prev = *I; 5640 break; 5641 } 5642 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 5643 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 5644 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 5645 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 5646 // diagnostic. 5647 } 5648 } 5649 5650 if (!Prev) 5651 return false; 5652 } 5653 5654 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 5655 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 5656 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 5657 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 5658 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 5659 else 5660 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 5661 5662 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 5663 << IsGlobal << ND; 5664 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 5665 << IsGlobal; 5666 return false; 5667 } 5668 5669 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 5670 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 5671 /// 5672 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 5673 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 5674 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 5675 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 5676 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 5677 template<typename T> 5678 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 5679 LookupResult &Previous) { 5680 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5681 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 5682 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 5683 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 5684 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5685 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 5686 Previous.clear(); 5687 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5688 return true; 5689 } 5690 } 5691 return false; 5692 } 5693 5694 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 5695 // declaration. 5696 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5697 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 5698 5699 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 5700 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 5701 // in another scope. 5702 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 5703 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 5704 5705 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 5706 return false; 5707 } 5708 5709 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 5710 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5711 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5712 return; 5713 5714 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5715 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5716 5717 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 5718 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 5719 return; 5720 5721 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5722 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 5723 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 5724 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5725 NewVD->setType(T); 5726 } 5727 5728 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 5729 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 5730 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 5731 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 5732 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5733 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 5734 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5735 return; 5736 } 5737 5738 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 5739 // __constant address space. 5740 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 5741 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 5742 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 5743 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 5744 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5745 return; 5746 } 5747 5748 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 5749 // scope. 5750 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5751 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5752 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 5753 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5754 return; 5755 } 5756 5757 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 5758 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5759 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 5760 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 5761 else { 5762 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 5763 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 5764 } 5765 } 5766 5767 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 5768 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 5769 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5770 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5771 5772 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 5773 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 5774 bool SizeIsNegative; 5775 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5776 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5777 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5778 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5779 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 5780 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 5781 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 5782 // int a[10][n]; 5783 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 5784 5785 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5786 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 5787 << SizeRange; 5788 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 5789 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 5790 << SizeRange; 5791 else 5792 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 5793 << SizeRange; 5794 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5795 return; 5796 } 5797 5798 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 5799 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 5800 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5801 else 5802 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 5803 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5804 return; 5805 } 5806 5807 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5808 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 5809 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5810 } 5811 5812 if (T->isVoidType()) { 5813 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 5814 // of objects and functions. 5815 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5816 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 5817 << T; 5818 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5819 return; 5820 } 5821 } 5822 5823 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5824 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5825 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5826 return; 5827 } 5828 5829 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5830 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 5831 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5832 return; 5833 } 5834 5835 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 5836 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 5837 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 5838 // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced. 5839 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5840 return; 5841 } 5842 } 5843 5844 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 5845 /// declaration. 5846 /// 5847 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 5848 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 5849 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 5850 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 5851 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 5852 /// 5853 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 5854 /// 5855 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 5856 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 5857 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 5858 5859 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5860 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5861 return false; 5862 5863 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 5864 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 5865 if (Previous.empty() && 5866 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 5867 Previous.setShadowed(); 5868 5869 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 5870 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 5871 5872 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5873 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 5874 return true; 5875 } 5876 return false; 5877 } 5878 5879 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 5880 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 5881 Sema *S; 5882 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 5883 }; 5884 5885 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 5886 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 5887 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 5888 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 5889 CXXBasePath &Path, 5890 void *UserData) { 5891 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 5892 5893 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 5894 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 5895 5896 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 5897 5898 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 5899 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5900 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 5901 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 5902 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 5903 5904 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 5905 } 5906 5907 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 5908 !Path.Decls.empty(); 5909 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 5910 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 5911 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 5912 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 5913 return true; 5914 } 5915 } 5916 5917 return false; 5918 } 5919 5920 namespace { 5921 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 5922 } 5923 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 5924 /// overriden methods. 5925 /// 5926 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 5927 /// \param MD the overriding method. 5928 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 5929 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 5930 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 5931 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 5932 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 5933 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 5934 I != E; ++I) { 5935 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 5936 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 5937 // out the diag loop 3 times. 5938 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 5939 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 5940 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 5941 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 5942 } 5943 } 5944 5945 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 5946 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 5947 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 5948 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 5949 CXXBasePaths Paths; 5950 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 5951 Data.Method = MD; 5952 Data.S = this; 5953 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5954 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 5955 bool AddedAny = false; 5956 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 5957 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 5958 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5959 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 5960 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 5961 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 5962 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 5963 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 5964 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 5965 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 5966 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 5967 AddedAny = true; 5968 } 5969 } 5970 } 5971 } 5972 5973 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 5974 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 5975 } 5976 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 5977 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 5978 } 5979 5980 return AddedAny; 5981 } 5982 5983 namespace { 5984 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 5985 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 5986 struct ActOnFDArgs { 5987 Scope *S; 5988 Declarator &D; 5989 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 5990 bool AddToScope; 5991 }; 5992 } 5993 5994 namespace { 5995 5996 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 5997 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 5998 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 5999 public: 6000 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6001 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6002 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6003 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 6004 6005 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 6006 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6007 return false; 6008 6009 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6010 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6011 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6012 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6013 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6014 6015 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6016 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6017 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6018 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6019 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6020 return true; 6021 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6022 return true; 6023 } 6024 } 6025 } 6026 6027 return false; 6028 } 6029 6030 private: 6031 ASTContext &Context; 6032 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6033 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6034 }; 6035 6036 } 6037 6038 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6039 /// 6040 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6041 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6042 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6043 /// the same name. 6044 /// 6045 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6046 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6047 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6048 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6049 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6050 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6051 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6052 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6053 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6054 TypoCorrection Correction; 6055 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6056 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6057 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6058 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6059 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6060 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6061 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6062 6063 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6064 if (IsLocalFriend) 6065 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6066 else 6067 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6068 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6069 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6070 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6071 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 6072 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 6073 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6074 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6075 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6076 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6077 if (FD && 6078 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6079 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6080 // involve a parameter 6081 unsigned ParamNum = 6082 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6083 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6084 } 6085 } 6086 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6087 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6088 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6089 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator, 6090 IsLocalFriend ? 0 : NewDC))) { 6091 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6092 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6093 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6094 Previous.clear(); 6095 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6096 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6097 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6098 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6099 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6100 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6101 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6102 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6103 } 6104 } 6105 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6106 6107 NamedDecl *Result; 6108 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6109 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6110 { 6111 // Trap errors. 6112 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6113 6114 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6115 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6116 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6117 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6118 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6119 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6120 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6121 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6122 6123 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6124 Result = 0; 6125 } 6126 6127 if (Result) { 6128 // Determine which correction we picked. 6129 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6130 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6131 I != E; ++I) 6132 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6133 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6134 6135 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6136 Correction, 6137 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6138 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6139 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6140 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6141 return Result; 6142 } 6143 6144 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6145 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6146 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6147 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6148 Previous.clear(); 6149 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6150 } 6151 6152 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6153 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6154 6155 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6156 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6157 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6158 6159 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6160 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6161 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6162 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6163 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6164 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6165 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6166 6167 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6168 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6169 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6170 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6171 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6172 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6173 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6174 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6175 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6176 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6177 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6178 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6179 } else 6180 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6181 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6182 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6183 } 6184 return 0; 6185 } 6186 6187 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 6188 Declarator &D) { 6189 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6190 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6191 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6192 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6193 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6194 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6195 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6196 D.setInvalidType(); 6197 break; 6198 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6199 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6200 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6201 return SC_None; 6202 return SC_Extern; 6203 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6204 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6205 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6206 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6207 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6208 // other than extern 6209 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6210 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6211 diag::err_static_block_func); 6212 break; 6213 } else 6214 return SC_Static; 6215 } 6216 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6217 } 6218 6219 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6220 return SC_None; 6221 } 6222 6223 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6224 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6225 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6226 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 6227 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6228 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6229 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6230 6231 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 6232 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6233 6234 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6235 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6236 // prototype. This true when: 6237 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6238 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6239 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6240 bool HasPrototype = 6241 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6242 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6243 6244 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6245 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6246 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6247 HasPrototype, false); 6248 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6249 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6250 6251 // Set the lexical context. 6252 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 6253 6254 return NewFD; 6255 } 6256 6257 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6258 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6259 6260 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6261 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6262 // the class has been completely parsed. 6263 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6264 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6265 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6266 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6267 D.setInvalidType(); 6268 6269 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6270 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6271 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6272 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6273 6274 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6275 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6276 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6277 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6278 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6279 isConstexpr); 6280 6281 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6282 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6283 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6284 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6285 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6286 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6287 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6288 D.getLocStart(), 6289 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6290 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6291 6292 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6293 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6294 // it yet. 6295 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6296 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6297 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6298 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6299 } 6300 6301 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6302 return NewDD; 6303 6304 } else { 6305 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6306 D.setInvalidType(); 6307 6308 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6309 // code path. 6310 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6311 D.getLocStart(), 6312 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6313 SC, isInline, 6314 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6315 } 6316 6317 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6318 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6319 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6320 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6321 return 0; 6322 } 6323 6324 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6325 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6326 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6327 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6328 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6329 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6330 6331 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6332 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6333 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6334 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6335 // constructor if it has no return type). 6336 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6337 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6338 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6339 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6340 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6341 return 0; 6342 } 6343 6344 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6345 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6346 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6347 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6348 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6349 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6350 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6351 return Ret; 6352 } else { 6353 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6354 // prototype. This true when: 6355 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6356 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6357 D.getLocStart(), 6358 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6359 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6360 } 6361 } 6362 6363 enum OpenCLParamType { 6364 ValidKernelParam, 6365 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6366 PtrKernelParam, 6367 InvalidKernelParam, 6368 RecordKernelParam 6369 }; 6370 6371 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 6372 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 6373 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 6374 return PointeeType->isPointerType() ? PtrPtrKernelParam : PtrKernelParam; 6375 } 6376 6377 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 6378 // be used as builtin types. 6379 6380 if (PT->isImageType()) 6381 return PtrKernelParam; 6382 6383 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 6384 return InvalidKernelParam; 6385 6386 if (PT->isEventT()) 6387 return InvalidKernelParam; 6388 6389 if (PT->isHalfType()) 6390 return InvalidKernelParam; 6391 6392 if (PT->isRecordType()) 6393 return RecordKernelParam; 6394 6395 return ValidKernelParam; 6396 } 6397 6398 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 6399 Sema &S, 6400 Declarator &D, 6401 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6402 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) { 6403 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6404 6405 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 6406 // used again 6407 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 6408 return; 6409 6410 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 6411 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 6412 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6413 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6414 // pointer to a pointer type. 6415 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 6416 D.setInvalidType(); 6417 return; 6418 6419 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 6420 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 6421 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 6422 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 6423 // one of these built-in scalar types. 6424 6425 case InvalidKernelParam: 6426 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6427 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6428 // of event_t type. 6429 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6430 D.setInvalidType(); 6431 return; 6432 6433 case PtrKernelParam: 6434 case ValidKernelParam: 6435 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 6436 return; 6437 6438 case RecordKernelParam: 6439 break; 6440 } 6441 6442 // Track nested structs we will inspect 6443 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 6444 6445 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 6446 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 6447 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 6448 HistoryStack.push_back((const FieldDecl *) 0); 6449 6450 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6451 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 6452 6453 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 6454 6455 do { 6456 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 6457 if (!Next) { 6458 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 6459 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 6460 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 6461 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 6462 6463 continue; 6464 } 6465 6466 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 6467 // field itself) to the history stack. 6468 const RecordDecl *RD; 6469 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 6470 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 6471 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6472 } else { 6473 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 6474 } 6475 6476 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 6477 VisitStack.push_back((const Decl *) 0); 6478 6479 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin(), 6480 E = RD->field_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6481 const FieldDecl *FD = *I; 6482 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 6483 6484 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 6485 continue; 6486 6487 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 6488 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 6489 continue; 6490 6491 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 6492 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 6493 continue; 6494 } 6495 6496 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 6497 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 6498 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 6499 // union. 6500 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam) { 6501 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 6502 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 6503 << PT->isUnionType() 6504 << PT; 6505 } else { 6506 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6507 } 6508 6509 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6510 << PD->getDeclName(); 6511 6512 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 6513 // the offending field came from 6514 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 6515 E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6516 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 6517 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6518 << OuterField->getType(); 6519 } 6520 6521 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 6522 << QT->isPointerType() 6523 << QT; 6524 D.setInvalidType(); 6525 return; 6526 } 6527 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 6528 } 6529 6530 NamedDecl* 6531 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 6532 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 6533 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6534 bool &AddToScope) { 6535 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6536 6537 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 6538 6539 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 6540 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6541 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6542 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 6543 6544 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 6545 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6546 diag::err_invalid_thread) 6547 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6548 6549 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 6550 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 6551 6552 bool isFriend = false; 6553 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 6554 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6555 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6556 6557 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 6558 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6559 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 6560 6561 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 6562 6563 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6564 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6565 6566 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 6567 isVirtualOkay); 6568 if (!NewFD) return 0; 6569 6570 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 6571 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 6572 6573 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 6574 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 6575 // context will be different from the semantic context. 6576 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6577 6578 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6579 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6580 6581 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6582 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6583 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 6584 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6585 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6586 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6587 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6588 // C++ [class.friend]p5 6589 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 6590 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 6591 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6592 } 6593 6594 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 6595 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 6596 // return true). 6597 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 6598 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 6599 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 6600 NewFD->setPure(true); 6601 } 6602 6603 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 6604 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6605 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6606 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6607 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6608 6609 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6610 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6611 bool Invalid = false; 6612 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 6613 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6614 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6615 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), TemplateParamLists, isFriend, 6616 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 6617 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6618 // This is a function template 6619 6620 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6621 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6622 return 0; 6623 6624 // A destructor cannot be a template. 6625 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6626 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 6627 return 0; 6628 } 6629 6630 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 6631 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 6632 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 6633 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 6634 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 6635 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 6636 Invalid = true; 6637 } 6638 6639 6640 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 6641 NewFD->getLocation(), 6642 Name, TemplateParams, 6643 NewFD); 6644 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6645 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 6646 6647 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 6648 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 6649 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6650 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 6651 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6652 } 6653 } else { 6654 // This is a function template specialization. 6655 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6656 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6657 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6658 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6659 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6660 6661 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 6662 if (isFriend) { 6663 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 6664 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 6665 6666 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 6667 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 6668 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 6669 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 6670 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 6671 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 6672 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6673 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6674 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 6675 } 6676 6677 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 6678 << Name << RemoveRange 6679 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 6680 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 6681 } 6682 } 6683 } 6684 else { 6685 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 6686 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 6687 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6688 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6689 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6690 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6691 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6692 } 6693 6694 if (Invalid) { 6695 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6696 if (FunctionTemplate) 6697 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6698 } 6699 6700 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 6701 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 6702 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 6703 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 6704 // 6705 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6706 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 6707 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6708 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 6709 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6710 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 6711 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6712 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 6713 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6714 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6715 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 6716 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 6717 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6718 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 6719 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6720 } else { 6721 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 6722 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 6723 } 6724 6725 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 6726 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 6727 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 6728 } 6729 6730 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 6731 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 6732 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 6733 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 6734 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 6735 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 6736 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 6737 // thing to do. 6738 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 6739 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 6740 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 6741 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6742 QualType Result = 6743 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 6744 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 6745 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 6746 } 6747 6748 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 6749 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 6750 // declaration. 6751 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6752 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6753 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 6754 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6755 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6756 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6757 } 6758 } 6759 6760 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 6761 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 6762 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 6763 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 6764 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6765 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6766 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 6767 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6768 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 6769 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6770 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 6771 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6772 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 6773 // or conversion function. 6774 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 6775 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 6776 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 6777 } 6778 } 6779 6780 if (isConstexpr) { 6781 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 6782 // are implicitly inline. 6783 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6784 6785 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 6786 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 6787 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 6788 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 6789 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 6790 } 6791 6792 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 6793 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6794 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 6795 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 6796 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 6797 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6798 << 0 6799 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 6800 } else { 6801 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 6802 if (FunctionTemplate) 6803 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 6804 } 6805 } 6806 6807 if (isFriend) { 6808 if (FunctionTemplate) { 6809 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 6810 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 6811 } 6812 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 6813 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 6814 } 6815 6816 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 6817 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 6818 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 6819 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 6820 case FDK_Declaration: 6821 case FDK_Definition: 6822 break; 6823 6824 case FDK_Defaulted: 6825 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 6826 break; 6827 6828 case FDK_Deleted: 6829 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 6830 break; 6831 } 6832 6833 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 6834 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6835 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 6836 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 6837 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 6838 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6839 } 6840 6841 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 6842 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6843 // C++ [class.static]p1: 6844 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 6845 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 6846 // the class. 6847 6848 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 6849 // member function definition. 6850 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6851 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6852 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6853 } 6854 6855 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 6856 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 6857 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 6858 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6859 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 6860 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 6861 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 6862 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 6863 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 6864 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 6865 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 6866 } 6867 } 6868 6869 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 6870 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 6871 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6872 isExplicitSpecialization || 6873 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 6874 6875 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6876 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 6877 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6878 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6879 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 6880 SE->getString(), 0)); 6881 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6882 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6883 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 6884 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6885 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 6886 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6887 } 6888 } 6889 6890 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 6891 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 6892 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 6893 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 6894 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 6895 6896 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 6897 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 6898 // single void argument. 6899 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 6900 // already checks for that case. 6901 if (FTI.NumParams == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.Params[0].Ident == 0 && 6902 FTI.Params[0].Param && 6903 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 6904 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 6905 } else if (FTI.NumParams > 0 && FTI.Params[0].Param != 0) { 6906 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 6907 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 6908 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 6909 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 6910 Params.push_back(Param); 6911 6912 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 6913 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6914 } 6915 } 6916 6917 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 6918 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 6919 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 6920 // parameters for use in the declaration. 6921 // 6922 // @code 6923 // typedef void fn(int); 6924 // fn f; 6925 // @endcode 6926 6927 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 6928 for (FunctionProtoType::param_type_iterator AI = FT->param_type_begin(), 6929 AE = FT->param_type_end(); 6930 AI != AE; ++AI) { 6931 ParmVarDecl *Param = 6932 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 6933 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 6934 Params.push_back(Param); 6935 } 6936 } else { 6937 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 6938 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 6939 } 6940 6941 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 6942 NewFD->setParams(Params); 6943 6944 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 6945 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 6946 // 6947 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 6948 // 6949 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 6950 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 6951 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 6952 6953 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 6954 NewFD->addAttr( 6955 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 6956 Context, 0)); 6957 6958 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 6959 // because all functions have linkage. 6960 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 6961 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6962 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 6963 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6964 } 6965 6966 // Handle attributes. 6967 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 6968 6969 QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType(); 6970 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 6971 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 6972 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 6973 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 6974 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6975 // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute. 6976 // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions 6977 // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators) 6978 if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret) 6979 NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 6980 } 6981 6982 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 6983 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 6984 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 6985 unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace(); 6986 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 6987 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 6988 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 6989 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 6990 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 6991 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6992 } 6993 } 6994 6995 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6996 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 6997 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 6998 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 6999 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7000 7001 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7002 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7003 7004 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7005 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7006 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7007 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7008 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 7009 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7010 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7011 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7012 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7013 } else { 7014 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7015 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7016 // 7017 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7018 // 7019 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7020 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7021 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7022 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7023 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7024 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7025 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7026 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7027 7028 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7029 // argument list into our AST format. 7030 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7031 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7032 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7033 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7034 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7035 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7036 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7037 TemplateArgs); 7038 7039 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7040 7041 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7042 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7043 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7044 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7045 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7046 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7047 7048 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7049 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7050 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 7051 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 7052 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 7053 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 7054 // too few of them). 7055 // FIXME: Differentiate between attempts for explicit instantiations 7056 // (starting with "template") and the rest. 7057 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 7058 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 7059 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 7060 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 7061 "template<> "); 7062 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7063 } else { 7064 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7065 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7066 } 7067 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7068 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7069 // wrote something like: 7070 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7071 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7072 // friend void foo<>(int); 7073 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7074 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7075 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7076 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7077 } 7078 7079 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7080 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7081 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7082 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7083 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7084 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7085 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7086 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7087 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7088 InstantiationDependent))) { 7089 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7090 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7091 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7092 Previous)) 7093 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7094 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7095 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7096 && !isFriend) { 7097 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7098 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7099 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7100 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7101 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7102 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7103 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 7104 Previous)) 7105 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7106 7107 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7108 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7109 // specialization (14.7.3) 7110 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7111 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7112 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7113 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7114 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7115 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7116 << SC 7117 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7118 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7119 7120 else 7121 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7122 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7123 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7124 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7125 } 7126 7127 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7128 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7129 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7130 } 7131 7132 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7133 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7134 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7135 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7136 7137 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7138 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7139 7140 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7141 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7142 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7143 } 7144 7145 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7146 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7147 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7148 7149 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7150 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7151 : NewFD); 7152 7153 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7154 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7155 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7156 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7157 7158 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7159 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7160 } 7161 7162 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7163 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7164 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7165 7166 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7167 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7168 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7169 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7170 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7171 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7172 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 7173 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7174 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7175 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7176 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7177 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7178 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7179 DC->isDependentContext()) 7180 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7181 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7182 } 7183 7184 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7185 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7186 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7187 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7188 AddToScope }; 7189 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7190 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7191 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7192 7193 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7194 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7195 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7196 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7197 7198 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7199 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7200 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7201 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7202 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7203 // can actually do this check immediately. 7204 if (isFriend && 7205 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7206 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7207 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7208 // ignore these 7209 } else { 7210 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7211 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7212 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7213 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7214 // 7215 // class X { 7216 // void f() const; 7217 // }; 7218 // 7219 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7220 // 7221 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7222 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7223 // whether the parameter types are references). 7224 7225 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7226 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, 0)) { 7227 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7228 return Result; 7229 } 7230 } 7231 7232 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7233 // to something. 7234 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7235 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7236 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7237 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7238 return Result; 7239 } 7240 } 7241 7242 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7243 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7244 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7245 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7246 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7247 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7248 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7249 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7250 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7251 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7252 // generate them. 7253 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7254 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7255 } 7256 } 7257 7258 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7259 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7260 7261 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7262 7263 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7264 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7265 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7266 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7267 << NewFD; 7268 7269 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7270 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7271 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7272 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7273 EPI.Variadic = true; 7274 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7275 7276 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7277 NewFD->setType(R); 7278 } 7279 7280 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7281 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7282 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7283 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7284 7285 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7286 // marking the function. 7287 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7288 7289 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7290 // the map of such variables. 7291 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7292 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7293 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7294 7295 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7296 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7297 7298 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7299 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7300 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7301 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7302 return FunctionTemplate; 7303 } 7304 } 7305 7306 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7307 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7308 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7309 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7310 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7311 D.setInvalidType(); 7312 } 7313 7314 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7315 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 7316 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7317 diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type); 7318 D.setInvalidType(); 7319 } 7320 7321 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7322 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 7323 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 7324 } 7325 7326 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 7327 7328 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 7329 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 7330 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7331 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7332 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 7333 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 7334 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 7335 7336 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 7337 } 7338 } 7339 7340 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 7341 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 7342 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 7343 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7344 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 7345 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 7346 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 7347 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 7348 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 7349 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 7350 AddToScope = false; 7351 } 7352 7353 return NewFD; 7354 } 7355 7356 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 7357 /// 7358 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 7359 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 7360 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 7361 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 7362 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 7363 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 7364 /// via InstantiateDecl). 7365 /// 7366 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 7367 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 7368 /// 7369 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 7370 /// 7371 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 7372 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7373 LookupResult &Previous, 7374 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 7375 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 7376 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 7377 7378 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 7379 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 7380 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 7381 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7382 !Previous.isShadowed(); 7383 7384 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 7385 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7386 7387 bool Redeclaration = false; 7388 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 7389 7390 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 7391 // the same name, if appropriate. 7392 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7393 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 7394 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 7395 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 7396 // function to the scope. 7397 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 7398 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7399 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 7400 Redeclaration = true; 7401 OldDecl = Candidate; 7402 } 7403 } else { 7404 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 7405 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 7406 case Ovl_Match: 7407 Redeclaration = true; 7408 break; 7409 7410 case Ovl_NonFunction: 7411 Redeclaration = true; 7412 break; 7413 7414 case Ovl_Overload: 7415 Redeclaration = false; 7416 break; 7417 } 7418 7419 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7420 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 7421 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 7422 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7423 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7424 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 7425 if (Redeclaration) 7426 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 7427 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7428 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7429 if (OverloadedDecl) 7430 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 7431 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7432 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7433 } 7434 } 7435 } 7436 7437 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 7438 if (!Redeclaration && 7439 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 7440 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7441 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7442 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 7443 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 7444 Redeclaration = true; 7445 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7446 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 7447 7448 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 7449 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7450 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7451 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7452 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7453 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 7454 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7455 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7456 } 7457 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 7458 Redeclaration = false; 7459 OldDecl = 0; 7460 } 7461 } 7462 } 7463 } 7464 7465 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 7466 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 7467 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 7468 // 7469 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 7470 // definition of a static member function. 7471 // 7472 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 7473 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 7474 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7475 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 7476 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 7477 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 7478 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = 0; 7479 if (OldDecl) 7480 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 7481 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 7482 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7483 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7484 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7485 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 7486 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 7487 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 7488 7489 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 7490 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 7491 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7492 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 7493 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 7494 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 7495 AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 7496 7497 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const) 7498 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 7499 } 7500 } 7501 } 7502 7503 if (Redeclaration) { 7504 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 7505 // merged. 7506 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 7507 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7508 return Redeclaration; 7509 } 7510 7511 Previous.clear(); 7512 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 7513 7514 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 7515 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 7516 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 7517 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 7518 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 7519 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 7520 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 7521 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 7522 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7523 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7524 } 7525 7526 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 7527 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 7528 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 7529 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 7530 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 7531 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 7532 } 7533 7534 } else { 7535 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 7536 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 7537 7538 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7539 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 7540 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 7541 // because of templates, which means that the previous 7542 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 7543 7544 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 7545 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7546 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 7547 7548 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 7549 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 7550 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7551 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 7552 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 7553 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 7554 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl()); 7555 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 7556 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 7557 } 7558 } 7559 } 7560 } 7561 } 7562 7563 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 7564 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7565 // C++-specific checks. 7566 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7567 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 7568 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 7569 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7570 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 7571 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 7572 7573 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 7574 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 7575 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 7576 DeclarationName Name 7577 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 7578 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 7579 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 7580 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 7581 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7582 return Redeclaration; 7583 } 7584 } 7585 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 7586 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7587 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 7588 } 7589 7590 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 7591 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7592 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 7593 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 7594 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 7595 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 7596 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 7597 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7598 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 7599 } 7600 } 7601 } 7602 7603 if (Method->isStatic()) 7604 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 7605 } 7606 7607 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 7608 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 7609 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7610 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7611 return Redeclaration; 7612 } 7613 7614 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 7615 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 7616 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7617 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7618 return Redeclaration; 7619 } 7620 7621 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 7622 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 7623 // during delayed parsing anyway. 7624 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 7625 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 7626 7627 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 7628 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 7629 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 7630 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 7631 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7632 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 7633 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 7634 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 7635 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 7636 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 7637 } 7638 } 7639 7640 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 7641 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 7642 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 7643 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 7644 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 7645 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 7646 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 7647 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 7648 << NewFD << R; 7649 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 7650 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 7651 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 7652 } 7653 } 7654 return Redeclaration; 7655 } 7656 7657 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7658 const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 7659 if (!TSI) 7660 return SourceRange(); 7661 7662 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 7663 FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 7664 if (!FunctionTL) 7665 return SourceRange(); 7666 7667 TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getReturnLoc(); 7668 if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>()) 7669 return ResultTL.getSourceRange(); 7670 7671 return SourceRange(); 7672 } 7673 7674 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 7675 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 7676 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 7677 // constexpr is ill-formed. 7678 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 7679 // appear in a declaration of main. 7680 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 7681 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 7682 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7683 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 7684 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 7685 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7686 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 7687 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 7688 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 7689 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 7690 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 7691 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, 7692 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 7693 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 7694 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 7695 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 7696 } 7697 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 7698 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 7699 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 7700 FD->setConstexpr(false); 7701 } 7702 7703 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7704 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 7705 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 7706 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7707 return; 7708 } 7709 7710 QualType T = FD->getType(); 7711 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 7712 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7713 7714 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 7715 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7716 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 7717 // set the flag which tells us that. 7718 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 7719 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7720 7721 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 7722 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 7723 // implicit-return-zero rule. 7724 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7725 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 7726 7727 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7728 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7729 Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 7730 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7731 7732 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 7733 } else { 7734 SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD); 7735 if (ResultRange.isValid()) 7736 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 7737 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int"); 7738 else 7739 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 7740 7741 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7742 } 7743 7744 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 7745 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 7746 7747 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 7748 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 7749 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 7750 7751 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 7752 7753 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 7754 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 7755 // getting shifty. 7756 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 7757 HasExtraParameters = false; 7758 7759 if (HasExtraParameters) { 7760 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 7761 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7762 nparams = 3; 7763 } 7764 7765 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 7766 // if we had some location information about types. 7767 7768 QualType CharPP = 7769 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 7770 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 7771 7772 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 7773 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 7774 7775 bool mismatch = true; 7776 7777 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 7778 mismatch = false; 7779 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 7780 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 7781 // char const ** 7782 // char const * const * 7783 // char * const * 7784 7785 QualifierCollector qs; 7786 const PointerType* PT; 7787 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7788 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 7789 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 7790 Context.CharTy)) { 7791 qs.removeConst(); 7792 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 7793 } 7794 } 7795 7796 if (mismatch) { 7797 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 7798 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 7799 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7800 } 7801 } 7802 7803 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7804 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 7805 } 7806 7807 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7808 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 7809 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7810 } 7811 } 7812 7813 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7814 QualType T = FD->getType(); 7815 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 7816 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7817 7818 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 7819 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 7820 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 7821 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 7822 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 7823 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 7824 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 7825 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7826 7827 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7828 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 7829 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7830 } 7831 } 7832 7833 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 7834 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 7835 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 7836 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 7837 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 7838 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 7839 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 7840 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 7841 // rules there don't matter.) 7842 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 7843 return false; 7844 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 7845 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7846 return true; 7847 } 7848 7849 namespace { 7850 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 7851 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 7852 class SelfReferenceChecker 7853 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 7854 Sema &S; 7855 Decl *OrigDecl; 7856 bool isRecordType; 7857 bool isPODType; 7858 bool isReferenceType; 7859 7860 public: 7861 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 7862 7863 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 7864 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 7865 isPODType = false; 7866 isRecordType = false; 7867 isReferenceType = false; 7868 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 7869 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 7870 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 7871 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 7872 } 7873 } 7874 7875 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 7876 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 7877 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 7878 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 7879 if (isReferenceType) 7880 return; 7881 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7882 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 7883 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7884 return; 7885 } 7886 7887 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 7888 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 7889 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 7890 return; 7891 } 7892 7893 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 7894 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7895 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7896 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 7897 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7898 return; 7899 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7900 } 7901 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 7902 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7903 return; 7904 } 7905 } 7906 7907 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 7908 // bad, not just r-value uses. 7909 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 7910 if (isReferenceType) 7911 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 7912 } 7913 7914 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 7915 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 7916 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 7917 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7918 7919 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 7920 } 7921 7922 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 7923 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 7924 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 7925 7926 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 7927 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 7928 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 7929 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 7930 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7931 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 7932 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 7933 Warn = false; 7934 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7935 } 7936 7937 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 7938 if (Warn) 7939 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7940 return; 7941 } 7942 7943 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 7944 // Visit that expression. 7945 Visit(Base); 7946 } 7947 7948 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 7949 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0) 7950 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) 7951 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 7952 7953 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 7954 } 7955 7956 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 7957 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 7958 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 7959 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 7960 if (!isPODType) 7961 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 7962 return; 7963 } 7964 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 7965 } 7966 7967 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 7968 7969 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 7970 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 7971 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 7972 unsigned diag; 7973 if (isReferenceType) { 7974 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 7975 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 7976 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 7977 } else { 7978 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 7979 } 7980 7981 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 7982 S.PDiag(diag) 7983 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 7984 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 7985 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 7986 } 7987 }; 7988 7989 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 7990 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 7991 bool DirectInit) { 7992 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 7993 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 7994 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 7995 return; 7996 7997 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 7998 7999 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8000 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8001 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8002 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8003 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8004 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8005 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8006 return; 8007 8008 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 8009 } 8010 } 8011 8012 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8013 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8014 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8015 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8016 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8017 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8018 // the initializer. 8019 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8020 return; 8021 8022 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8023 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 8024 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 8025 // Thus this grotesque test. 8026 IntegerLiteral *IL; 8027 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 8028 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 8029 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 8030 else { 8031 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8032 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8033 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8034 } 8035 return; 8036 } 8037 8038 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8039 if (!VDecl) { 8040 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8041 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8042 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8043 return; 8044 } 8045 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8046 8047 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8048 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8049 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8050 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8051 // contains exactly one expression. 8052 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8053 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8054 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8055 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8056 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8057 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8058 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8059 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8060 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8061 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8062 return; 8063 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8064 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8065 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8066 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8067 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8068 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8069 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8070 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8071 return; 8072 } else { 8073 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8074 } 8075 } 8076 8077 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8078 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8079 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8080 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8081 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8082 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8083 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8084 return; 8085 } 8086 Init = Result.take(); 8087 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8088 } 8089 8090 QualType DeducedType; 8091 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8092 DAR_Failed) 8093 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8094 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8095 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8096 return; 8097 } 8098 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8099 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8100 8101 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8102 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8103 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8104 8105 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8106 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8107 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8108 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8109 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8110 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8111 SourceLocation Loc = 8112 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8113 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8114 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8115 } 8116 8117 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8118 // the previously declared type. 8119 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8120 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8121 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8122 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8123 } 8124 8125 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8126 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8127 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8128 return; 8129 } 8130 8131 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8132 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8133 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8134 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8135 return; 8136 } 8137 8138 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8139 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8140 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8141 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8142 return; 8143 } 8144 8145 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8146 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8147 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8148 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8149 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8150 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8151 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8152 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8153 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8154 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8155 return; 8156 } 8157 8158 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8159 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 8160 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8161 AbstractVariableType)) 8162 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8163 } 8164 8165 const VarDecl *Def; 8166 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 8167 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 8168 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8169 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8170 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8171 return; 8172 } 8173 8174 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 8175 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8176 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 8177 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 8178 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8179 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 8180 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 8181 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 8182 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 8183 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 8184 // 8185 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 8186 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 8187 // declaration with an initializer. 8188 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 8189 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 8190 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8191 Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 8192 return; 8193 } 8194 8195 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 8196 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8197 8198 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 8199 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8200 return; 8201 } 8202 } 8203 8204 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 8205 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 8206 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 8207 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 8208 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8209 return; 8210 } 8211 8212 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 8213 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 8214 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 8215 8216 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 8217 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 8218 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 8219 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8220 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8221 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8222 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8223 return; 8224 } 8225 Init = Result.take(); 8226 } 8227 8228 // Perform the initialization. 8229 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8230 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 8231 InitializationKind Kind 8232 = DirectInit ? 8233 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 8234 Init->getLocStart(), 8235 Init->getLocEnd()) 8236 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 8237 VDecl->getLocation()) 8238 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 8239 Init->getLocStart()); 8240 8241 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 8242 if (CXXDirectInit) 8243 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 8244 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 8245 8246 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 8247 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 8248 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8249 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8250 return; 8251 } 8252 8253 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 8254 } 8255 8256 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 8257 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 8258 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 8259 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 8260 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 8261 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 8262 } 8263 8264 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 8265 // completed by the initializer. For example: 8266 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 8267 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 8268 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 8269 VDecl->setType(DclT); 8270 8271 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8272 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 8273 8274 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 8275 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 8276 8277 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 8278 // Although this code can still have problems: 8279 // id x = self.weakProp; 8280 // id y = self.weakProp; 8281 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 8282 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 8283 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 8284 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 8285 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 8286 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 8287 Init->getLocStart()); 8288 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 8289 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 8290 } 8291 } 8292 8293 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 8294 // 8295 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 8296 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 8297 // full-expression. For instance, in: 8298 // 8299 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 8300 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 8301 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 8302 // 8303 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 8304 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 8305 false, 8306 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 8307 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8308 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8309 return; 8310 } 8311 Init = Result.take(); 8312 8313 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 8314 VDecl->setInit(Init); 8315 8316 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 8317 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 8318 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 8319 // C++ does not have this restriction. 8320 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8321 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8322 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8323 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 8324 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 8325 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 8326 // constant expressions. 8327 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 8328 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 8329 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 8330 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), 8331 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 8332 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8333 } 8334 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 8335 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 8336 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 8337 // 8338 // struct S { 8339 // static const int value = 17; 8340 // }; 8341 8342 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 8343 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 8344 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 8345 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 8346 // 8347 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 8348 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 8349 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8350 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 8351 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 8352 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 8353 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 8354 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 8355 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 8356 8357 // Do nothing on dependent types. 8358 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 8359 8360 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 8361 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 8362 // type. 8363 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 8364 8365 // Require constness. 8366 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 8367 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 8368 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8369 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8370 8371 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 8372 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8373 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 8374 SourceLocation Loc; 8375 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 8376 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 8377 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 8378 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 8379 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 8380 ; // Nothing to check. 8381 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 8382 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 8383 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8384 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 8385 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 8386 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8387 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8388 } else { 8389 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 8390 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 8391 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8392 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8393 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8394 } 8395 8396 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 8397 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 8398 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 8399 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 8400 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 8401 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 8402 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8403 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8404 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 8405 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8406 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8407 } else { 8408 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 8409 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8410 8411 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8412 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8413 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8414 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8415 } 8416 } 8417 8418 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 8419 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 8420 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 8421 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 8422 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8423 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 8424 8425 } else { 8426 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 8427 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8428 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8429 } 8430 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 8431 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 8432 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 8433 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 8434 VDecl->isExternC())) && 8435 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 8436 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 8437 8438 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 8439 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8440 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8441 else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 8442 !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() && 8443 !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() && 8444 !Init->isConstantInitializer( 8445 Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) { 8446 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 8447 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 8448 // initialization. 8449 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 8450 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init); 8451 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8452 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 8453 } 8454 } 8455 8456 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 8457 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 8458 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 8459 // 8460 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 8461 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 8462 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 8463 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 8464 // special case code. 8465 8466 // C++ 8.5p11: 8467 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 8468 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 8469 // class type. 8470 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8471 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 8472 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8473 } else if (DirectInit) { 8474 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 8475 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 8476 } 8477 8478 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 8479 } 8480 8481 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 8482 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 8483 /// of sanity. 8484 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 8485 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 8486 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 8487 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8488 8489 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8490 if (!VD) return; 8491 8492 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 8493 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 8494 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8495 return; 8496 } 8497 8498 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 8499 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 8500 8501 // Require a complete type. 8502 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 8503 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 8504 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8505 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8506 return; 8507 } 8508 8509 // Require an abstract type. 8510 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 8511 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8512 AbstractVariableType)) { 8513 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8514 return; 8515 } 8516 8517 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 8518 // though. 8519 } 8520 8521 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 8522 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8523 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 8524 if (RealDecl == 0) 8525 return; 8526 8527 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8528 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 8529 8530 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 8531 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 8532 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 8533 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 8534 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8535 return; 8536 } 8537 8538 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 8539 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 8540 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 8541 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 8542 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 8543 // member. 8544 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8545 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 8546 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8547 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 8548 << Var->getDeclName(); 8549 else 8550 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 8551 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8552 return; 8553 } 8554 8555 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 8556 // be initialized. 8557 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8558 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 8559 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 8560 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 8561 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8562 return; 8563 } 8564 8565 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8566 case VarDecl::Definition: 8567 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 8568 break; 8569 8570 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 8571 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 8572 // a declaration. 8573 // 8574 // Fall through 8575 8576 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 8577 // It's only a declaration. 8578 8579 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 8580 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 8581 // object shall be complete. 8582 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 8583 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8584 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8585 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 8586 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8587 8588 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 8589 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8590 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8591 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8592 AbstractVariableType)) 8593 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8594 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8595 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 8596 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 8597 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 8598 } 8599 8600 return; 8601 8602 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 8603 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 8604 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 8605 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 8606 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 8607 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 8608 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 8609 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 8610 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 8611 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8612 ArrayT->getElementType(), 8613 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 8614 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8615 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8616 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 8617 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 8618 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 8619 // NOTE: code such as the following 8620 // static struct s; 8621 // struct s { int a; }; 8622 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 8623 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 8624 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 8625 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 8626 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8627 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 8628 } 8629 } 8630 8631 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 8632 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8633 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 8634 return; 8635 } 8636 8637 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8638 // definitions with incomplete array type. 8639 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 8640 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8641 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 8642 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8643 return; 8644 } 8645 8646 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8647 // definitions with reference type. 8648 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 8649 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 8650 << Var->getDeclName() 8651 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 8652 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8653 return; 8654 } 8655 8656 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 8657 // variable with dependent type. 8658 if (Type->isDependentType()) 8659 return; 8660 8661 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8662 return; 8663 8664 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8665 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 8666 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8667 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8668 return; 8669 } 8670 8671 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8672 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8673 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8674 AbstractVariableType)) { 8675 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8676 return; 8677 } 8678 8679 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 8680 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 8681 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 8682 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 8683 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 8684 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 8685 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 8686 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 8687 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 8688 // types and is declared without an initializer. 8689 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8690 if (const RecordType *Record 8691 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8692 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 8693 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 8694 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 8695 // incompatibilities with C++98. 8696 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 8697 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8698 } 8699 } 8700 8701 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 8702 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 8703 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 8704 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 8705 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 8706 // type shall have a user-declared default 8707 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 8708 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 8709 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 8710 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 8711 // program is ill-formed. 8712 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 8713 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 8714 // default-initialized; [...]. 8715 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 8716 InitializationKind Kind 8717 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 8718 8719 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8720 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8721 if (Init.isInvalid()) 8722 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8723 else if (Init.get()) { 8724 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 8725 // This is important for template substitution. 8726 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8727 } 8728 8729 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 8730 } 8731 } 8732 8733 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 8734 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8735 if (!VD) { 8736 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 8737 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8738 return; 8739 } 8740 8741 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 8742 8743 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 8744 int Error = -1; 8745 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 8746 case SC_None: 8747 break; 8748 case SC_Extern: 8749 Error = 0; 8750 break; 8751 case SC_Static: 8752 Error = 1; 8753 break; 8754 case SC_PrivateExtern: 8755 Error = 2; 8756 break; 8757 case SC_Auto: 8758 Error = 3; 8759 break; 8760 case SC_Register: 8761 Error = 4; 8762 break; 8763 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 8764 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 8765 } 8766 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 8767 Error = 5; 8768 if (Error != -1) { 8769 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 8770 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 8771 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8772 } 8773 } 8774 8775 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 8776 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8777 8778 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 8779 // local retaining variable. 8780 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 8781 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8782 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 8783 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 8784 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 8785 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 8786 break; 8787 8788 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 8789 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 8790 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8791 break; 8792 } 8793 } 8794 8795 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 8796 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 8797 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 8798 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 8799 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 8800 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 8801 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 8802 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 8803 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel( 8804 diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 8805 var->getLocation())) { 8806 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 8807 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 8808 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 8809 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 8810 8811 if (!prev) 8812 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 8813 } 8814 8815 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static && 8816 var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 8817 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 8818 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 8819 // have a non-trivial destructor. 8820 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 8821 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8822 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 8823 } 8824 8825 // All the following checks are C++ only. 8826 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 8827 8828 QualType type = var->getType(); 8829 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 8830 8831 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 8832 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 8833 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 8834 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 8835 8836 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 8837 // constructing this copy. 8838 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 8839 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 8840 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 8841 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 8842 ExprResult result 8843 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 8844 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 8845 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 8846 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 8847 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 8848 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 8849 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 8850 } 8851 } 8852 } 8853 8854 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 8855 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 8856 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 8857 8858 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 8859 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 8860 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 8861 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 8862 var->getLocation()) 8863 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) { 8864 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 8865 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 8866 // warned about them. 8867 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 8868 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 8869 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 8870 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 8871 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8872 } 8873 8874 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 8875 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 8876 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 8877 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 8878 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 8879 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 8880 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 8881 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 8882 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 8883 Notes.clear(); 8884 } 8885 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 8886 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 8887 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 8888 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 8889 } 8890 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 8891 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 8892 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 8893 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 8894 var->checkInitIsICE(); 8895 } 8896 } 8897 8898 // Require the destructor. 8899 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 8900 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 8901 } 8902 8903 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 8904 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 8905 void 8906 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 8907 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 8908 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 8909 8910 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 8911 if (!VD) 8912 return; 8913 8914 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 8915 8916 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 8917 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8918 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 8919 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 8920 } 8921 } 8922 8923 if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() && 8924 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) { 8925 if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) { 8926 if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 8927 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias) 8928 << VD->getDeclName(); 8929 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8930 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8931 } 8932 } 8933 } 8934 8935 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 8936 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8937 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 8938 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 8939 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 8940 8941 if (VD->isFileVarDecl()) 8942 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 8943 8944 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 8945 // tag values. 8946 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 8947 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 8948 return; 8949 8950 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 8951 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 8952 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 8953 I != E; ++I) { 8954 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 8955 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 8956 continue; 8957 } 8958 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 8959 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 8960 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8961 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 8962 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8963 continue; 8964 } 8965 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 8966 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 8967 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 8968 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 8969 continue; 8970 } 8971 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 8972 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 8973 MagicValue, 8974 I->getMatchingCType(), 8975 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 8976 I->getMustBeNull()); 8977 } 8978 } 8979 8980 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 8981 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 8982 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 8983 8984 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 8985 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 8986 8987 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = 0; 8988 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 8989 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 8990 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 8991 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 8992 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 8993 Decls.push_back(D); 8994 } 8995 8996 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 8997 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 8998 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 8999 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 9000 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 9001 } 9002 } 9003 9004 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 9005 } 9006 9007 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 9008 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 9009 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 9010 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(llvm::MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 9011 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9012 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 9013 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 9014 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 9015 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 9016 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 9017 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 9018 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 9019 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 9020 QualType Deduced; 9021 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 9022 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 9023 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9024 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 9025 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 9026 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 9027 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 9028 break; 9029 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 9030 if (!U.isNull()) { 9031 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 9032 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 9033 Deduced = U; 9034 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 9035 DeducedDecl = D; 9036 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 9037 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 9038 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 9039 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 9040 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 9041 << U << D->getDeclName() 9042 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 9043 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 9044 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9045 break; 9046 } 9047 } 9048 } 9049 } 9050 } 9051 9052 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 9053 9054 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 9055 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 9056 } 9057 9058 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 9059 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 9060 } 9061 9062 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9063 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 9064 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 9065 return; 9066 9067 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 9068 Group[0]->getLocation()) 9069 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 9070 return; 9071 9072 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 9073 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 9074 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 9075 // additional declaration references: 9076 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 9077 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 9078 // 'struct S *pS;' 9079 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 9080 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 9081 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 9082 Group = Group.slice(1); 9083 } 9084 } 9085 9086 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 9087 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 9088 if (!Comments.empty() && 9089 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 9090 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 9091 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 9092 // 9093 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 9094 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 9095 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 9096 // ahead through comments. 9097 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9098 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 9099 } 9100 } 9101 9102 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 9103 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 9104 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 9105 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 9106 9107 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 9108 9109 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 9110 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 9111 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 9112 StorageClass = SC_Register; 9113 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9114 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 9115 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 9116 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 9117 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9118 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 9119 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 9120 } 9121 9122 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 9123 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 9124 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 9125 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 9126 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9127 << 0; 9128 9129 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 9130 9131 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9132 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 9133 9134 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9135 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 9136 // parameter. 9137 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9138 9139 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 9140 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9141 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 9142 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9143 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 9144 } 9145 } 9146 9147 // Ensure we have a valid name 9148 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 9149 if (D.hasName()) { 9150 II = D.getIdentifier(); 9151 if (!II) { 9152 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 9153 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 9154 D.setInvalidType(true); 9155 } 9156 } 9157 9158 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 9159 if (II) { 9160 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 9161 ForRedeclaration); 9162 LookupName(R, S); 9163 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 9164 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 9165 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9166 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9167 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9168 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9169 PrevDecl = 0; 9170 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 9171 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 9172 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9173 9174 // Recover by removing the name 9175 II = 0; 9176 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9177 D.setInvalidType(true); 9178 } 9179 } 9180 } 9181 9182 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 9183 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 9184 // looking like class members in C++. 9185 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 9186 D.getLocStart(), 9187 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 9188 parmDeclType, TInfo, 9189 StorageClass); 9190 9191 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9192 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9193 9194 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 9195 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 9196 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 9197 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 9198 9199 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 9200 S->AddDecl(New); 9201 if (II) 9202 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 9203 9204 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 9205 9206 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9207 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9208 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 9209 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9210 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9211 9212 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9213 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 9214 } 9215 return New; 9216 } 9217 9218 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 9219 /// typedef. 9220 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 9221 SourceLocation Loc, 9222 QualType T) { 9223 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 9224 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 9225 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 9226 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 9227 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 9228 SC_None, 0); 9229 Param->setImplicit(); 9230 return Param; 9231 } 9232 9233 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9234 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 9235 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 9236 // will already have done so in the template itself. 9237 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 9238 return; 9239 9240 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9241 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 9242 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 9243 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 9244 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 9245 } 9246 } 9247 } 9248 9249 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9250 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 9251 QualType ReturnTy, 9252 NamedDecl *D) { 9253 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 9254 return; 9255 9256 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9257 // threshold. 9258 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 9259 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 9260 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9261 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 9262 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 9263 } 9264 9265 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9266 // threshold. 9267 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9268 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 9269 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 9270 continue; 9271 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 9272 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9273 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 9274 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 9275 } 9276 } 9277 9278 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 9279 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 9280 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 9281 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) { 9282 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 9283 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9284 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 9285 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9286 9287 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 9288 9289 // Special cases for arrays: 9290 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 9291 // - otherwise, it's an error 9292 if (T->isArrayType()) { 9293 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 9294 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 9295 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 9296 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 9297 } 9298 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 9299 } else { 9300 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 9301 } 9302 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 9303 } 9304 9305 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 9306 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 9307 TSInfo, 9308 StorageClass, 0); 9309 9310 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 9311 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 9312 // the class has been completely parsed. 9313 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 9314 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9315 AbstractParamType)) 9316 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9317 9318 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 9319 // passed by reference. 9320 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 9321 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 9322 Diag(NameLoc, 9323 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 9324 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 9325 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 9326 New->setType(T); 9327 } 9328 9329 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 9330 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 9331 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 9332 // an address space. 9333 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 9334 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 9335 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9336 } 9337 9338 return New; 9339 } 9340 9341 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 9342 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 9343 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 9344 9345 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 9346 // for a K&R function. 9347 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 9348 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 9349 --i; 9350 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == 0) { 9351 SmallString<256> Code; 9352 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 9353 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 9354 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 9355 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 9356 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 9357 9358 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 9359 // type. 9360 AttributeFactory attrs; 9361 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 9362 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 9363 unsigned DiagID; // unused 9364 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 9365 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 9366 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 9367 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9368 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9369 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 9370 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9371 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 9372 } 9373 } 9374 } 9375 } 9376 9377 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 9378 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 9379 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 9380 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 9381 9382 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 9383 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 9384 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 9385 } 9386 9387 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9388 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9389 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 9390 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9391 return false; 9392 9393 // Or declarations that aren't global. 9394 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 9395 return false; 9396 9397 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 9398 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 9399 return false; 9400 9401 // Don't warn about 'main'. 9402 if (FD->isMain()) 9403 return false; 9404 9405 // Don't warn about inline functions. 9406 if (FD->isInlined()) 9407 return false; 9408 9409 // Don't warn about function templates. 9410 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 9411 return false; 9412 9413 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 9414 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 9415 return false; 9416 9417 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 9418 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 9419 return false; 9420 9421 bool MissingPrototype = true; 9422 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 9423 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 9424 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 9425 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 9426 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9427 continue; 9428 9429 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 9430 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 9431 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 9432 break; 9433 } 9434 9435 return MissingPrototype; 9436 } 9437 9438 void 9439 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 9440 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 9441 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 9442 // was an extern inline function. 9443 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 9444 if (!Definition) 9445 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 9446 return; 9447 9448 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 9449 return; 9450 9451 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 9452 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 9453 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 9454 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 9455 else 9456 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 9457 9458 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9459 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9460 } 9461 9462 9463 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 9464 Sema &S) { 9465 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 9466 9467 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 9468 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 9469 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 9470 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 9471 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 9472 9473 if (LCD == LCD_None) 9474 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 9475 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 9476 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 9477 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 9478 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 9479 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 9480 9481 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 9482 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 9483 9484 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 9485 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 9486 for (LambdaExpr::capture_iterator C = LambdaClass->captures_begin(), 9487 CEnd = LambdaClass->captures_end(); C != CEnd; ++C) { 9488 if (C->capturesVariable()) { 9489 VarDecl *VD = C->getCapturedVar(); 9490 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 9491 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 9492 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 9493 const bool ByRef = C->getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 9494 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 9495 /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C->getLocation(), 9496 /*EllipsisLoc*/C->isPackExpansion() 9497 ? C->getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 9498 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ 0); 9499 9500 } else if (C->capturesThis()) { 9501 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C->getLocation(), 9502 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ 0); 9503 } 9504 } 9505 } 9506 9507 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 9508 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 9509 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 9510 9511 if (!D) 9512 return D; 9513 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 9514 9515 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 9516 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9517 else 9518 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 9519 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 9520 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 9521 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 9522 // LambdaScopeInfo. 9523 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 9524 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 9525 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 9526 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 9527 // have the LSI properly restored. 9528 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 9529 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 9530 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 9531 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 9532 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 9533 } 9534 else 9535 // Enter a new function scope 9536 PushFunctionScope(); 9537 9538 // See if this is a redefinition. 9539 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 9540 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 9541 9542 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 9543 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9544 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 9545 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 9546 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 9547 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9548 } 9549 } 9550 9551 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 9552 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 9553 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 9554 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 9555 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9556 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 9557 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 9558 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9559 9560 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 9561 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 9562 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 9563 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 9564 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 9565 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0; 9566 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 9567 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 9568 9569 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9570 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 9571 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 9572 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 9573 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 9574 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 9575 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 9576 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 9577 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 9578 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 9579 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 9580 } 9581 } 9582 } 9583 9584 if (FnBodyScope) 9585 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 9586 9587 // Check the validity of our function parameters 9588 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 9589 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 9590 9591 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 9592 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 9593 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 9594 9595 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9596 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 9597 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 9598 9599 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 9600 } 9601 } 9602 9603 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 9604 // introduce them into the function scope. 9605 if (FnBodyScope) { 9606 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 9607 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 9608 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 9609 I != E; ++I) { 9610 NamedDecl *D = *I; 9611 9612 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 9613 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 9614 // and reattach to the current context. 9615 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 9616 // Is the decl actually in the context? 9617 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 9618 if (DI == D) { 9619 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 9620 break; 9621 } 9622 } 9623 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 9624 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9625 } 9626 9627 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 9628 if (!D->getName().empty()) 9629 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 9630 9631 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 9632 // accessible in this scope. 9633 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 9634 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 9635 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 9636 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 9637 } 9638 } 9639 } 9640 9641 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 9642 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9643 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 9644 9645 // Checking attributes of current function definition 9646 // dllimport attribute. 9647 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 9648 if (DA && (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 9649 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 9650 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 9651 if (!DA->isInherited() && 9652 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 9653 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 9654 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 9655 << DA; 9656 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9657 return D; 9658 } 9659 9660 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 9661 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 9662 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 9663 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 9664 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 9665 // emitted. 9666 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 9667 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 9668 << FD << DA; 9669 } 9670 } 9671 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 9672 // a function template). 9673 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 9674 return D; 9675 } 9676 9677 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 9678 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 9679 /// optimization. 9680 /// 9681 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 9682 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 9683 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 9684 /// use the named return value optimization. 9685 /// 9686 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 9687 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 9688 /// the NRVO variable. 9689 /// 9690 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 9691 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 9692 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 9693 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 9694 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 9695 9696 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 9697 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 9698 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 9699 return; 9700 9701 if (!NRVOCandidate) 9702 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 9703 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 9704 return; 9705 } 9706 9707 if (NRVOCandidate) 9708 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 9709 } 9710 9711 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 9712 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 9713 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 9714 // rest of the file. 9715 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 9716 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 9717 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 9718 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 9719 return false; 9720 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 9721 } 9722 9723 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 9724 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 9725 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 9726 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 9727 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 9728 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0); 9729 } 9730 9731 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 9732 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 9733 } 9734 9735 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 9736 bool IsInstantiation) { 9737 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : 0; 9738 9739 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 9740 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 9741 9742 if (FD) { 9743 FD->setBody(Body); 9744 9745 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 9746 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 9747 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 9748 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 9749 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 9750 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 9751 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 9752 << FD->getReturnType(); 9753 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9754 } else { 9755 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 9756 TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(). 9757 IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc(); 9758 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 9759 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 9760 } 9761 } 9762 9763 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 9764 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 9765 // is the first declaration. 9766 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 9767 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 9768 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 9769 else if (FD->isInlined() && 9770 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 9771 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 9772 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 9773 } 9774 9775 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 9776 // don't complain about missing return statements. 9777 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 9778 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 9779 9780 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 9781 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 9782 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 9783 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 9784 9785 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9786 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 9787 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 9788 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 9789 9790 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 9791 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 9792 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 9793 9794 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 9795 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 9796 // to deduce an implicit return type. 9797 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 9798 !FD->isDependentContext()) 9799 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 9800 } 9801 9802 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 9803 "Function parsing confused"); 9804 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 9805 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 9806 MD->setBody(Body); 9807 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9808 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 9809 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 9810 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 9811 9812 if (Body) 9813 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 9814 } 9815 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 9816 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 9817 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 9818 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 9819 } 9820 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 9821 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = 0; 9822 bool isDesignated = 9823 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 9824 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 9825 (void)isDesignated; 9826 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 9827 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 9828 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 9829 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 9830 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 9831 } 9832 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 9833 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 9834 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 9835 } 9836 } else { 9837 return 0; 9838 } 9839 9840 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 9841 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 9842 "handled in the block above."); 9843 9844 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 9845 if (Body) { 9846 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 9847 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 9848 // Verify this. 9849 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 9850 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 9851 9852 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 9853 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 9854 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 9855 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 9856 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 9857 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 9858 9859 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 9860 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 9861 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 9862 9863 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 9864 Destructor->getParent()); 9865 } 9866 9867 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9868 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9869 // deletion in some later function. 9870 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 9871 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 9872 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9873 } 9874 if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 9875 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 9876 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 9877 // enabled. 9878 ActivePolicy = &WP; 9879 } 9880 9881 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9882 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 9883 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 9884 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9885 9886 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 9887 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 9888 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 9889 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 9890 } 9891 9892 if (!IsInstantiation) 9893 PopDeclContext(); 9894 9895 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 9896 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 9897 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 9898 // deletion in some later function. 9899 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 9900 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 9901 } 9902 9903 return dcl; 9904 } 9905 9906 9907 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 9908 /// relevant Decl. 9909 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 9910 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 9911 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 9912 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 9913 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 9914 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 9915 9916 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 9917 if (Method->isStatic()) 9918 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 9919 } 9920 9921 9922 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 9923 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 9924 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 9925 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 9926 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 9927 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 9928 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 9929 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 9930 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 9931 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 9932 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9933 return ExternCPrev; 9934 } 9935 9936 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 9937 unsigned diag_id; 9938 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 9939 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 9940 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 9941 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 9942 else 9943 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 9944 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 9945 9946 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 9947 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 9948 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 9949 TypoCorrection Corrected; 9950 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 9951 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 9952 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) 9953 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 9954 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 9955 } 9956 9957 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 9958 const char *Dummy; 9959 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 9960 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 9961 unsigned DiagID; 9962 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 9963 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 9964 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 9965 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 9966 SourceLocation NoLoc; 9967 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 9968 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 9969 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 9970 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9971 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 9972 /*NumArgs=*/0, 9973 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 9974 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 9975 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 9976 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 9977 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9978 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9979 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 9980 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 9981 EST_None, 9982 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 9983 /*Exceptions=*/0, 9984 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 9985 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 9986 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 9987 Loc, Loc, D), 9988 DS.getAttributes(), 9989 SourceLocation()); 9990 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 9991 9992 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 9993 9994 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 9995 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 9996 9997 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 9998 FD->setImplicit(); 9999 10000 CurContext = PrevDC; 10001 10002 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 10003 10004 return FD; 10005 } 10006 10007 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 10008 /// the declaration of this function. 10009 /// 10010 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 10011 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 10012 /// like NSLog or printf. 10013 /// 10014 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 10015 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 10016 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10017 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10018 return; 10019 10020 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 10021 // actual attributes. 10022 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10023 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 10024 unsigned FormatIdx; 10025 bool HasVAListArg; 10026 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 10027 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 10028 const char *fmt = "printf"; 10029 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 10030 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 10031 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10032 fmt = "NSString"; 10033 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10034 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 10035 FormatIdx+1, 10036 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10037 FD->getLocation())); 10038 } 10039 } 10040 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 10041 HasVAListArg)) { 10042 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10043 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10044 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 10045 FormatIdx+1, 10046 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10047 FD->getLocation())); 10048 } 10049 10050 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 10051 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 10052 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 10053 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 10054 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 10055 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10056 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10057 } 10058 10059 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 10060 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 10061 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10062 FD->getLocation())); 10063 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 10064 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10065 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10066 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10067 } 10068 10069 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 10070 if (!Name) 10071 return; 10072 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10073 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 10074 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 10075 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 10076 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 10077 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 10078 // about. 10079 } else 10080 return; 10081 10082 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 10083 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 10084 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 10085 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10086 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10087 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 10088 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 10089 FD->getLocation())); 10090 } 10091 10092 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 10093 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 10094 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 10095 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 10096 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 10097 FD->getLocation())); 10098 } 10099 } 10100 10101 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 10102 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 10103 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 10104 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 10105 10106 if (!TInfo) { 10107 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 10108 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 10109 } 10110 10111 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 10112 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10113 D.getLocStart(), 10114 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 10115 D.getIdentifier(), 10116 TInfo); 10117 10118 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 10119 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 10120 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 10121 return NewTD; 10122 } 10123 10124 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 10125 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10126 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10127 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 10128 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10129 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10130 else 10131 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 10132 } 10133 10134 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 10135 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 10136 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 10137 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 10138 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 10139 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 10140 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 10141 case TST_enum: 10142 case TST_struct: 10143 case TST_interface: 10144 case TST_union: 10145 case TST_class: { 10146 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 10147 10148 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 10149 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 10150 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 10151 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 10152 10153 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 10154 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 10155 10156 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 10157 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 10158 break; 10159 10160 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 10161 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 10162 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 10163 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 10164 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 10165 // for how to handle it. 10166 if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 10167 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 10168 10169 SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(); 10170 tagLoc = Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc, 0, getSourceManager(), 10171 getLangOpts()); 10172 10173 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 10174 textToInsert += ' '; 10175 textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName(); 10176 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 10177 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 10178 break; 10179 } 10180 10181 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 10182 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 10183 break; 10184 } 10185 10186 default: 10187 break; 10188 } 10189 10190 return NewTD; 10191 } 10192 10193 10194 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 10195 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 10196 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10197 QualType T = TI->getType(); 10198 10199 if (T->isDependentType()) 10200 return false; 10201 10202 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 10203 if (BT->isInteger()) 10204 return false; 10205 10206 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 10207 return true; 10208 } 10209 10210 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 10211 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 10212 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 10213 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 10214 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 10215 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 10216 10217 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 10218 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 10219 << Prev->isScoped(); 10220 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10221 return true; 10222 } 10223 10224 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 10225 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 10226 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 10227 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 10228 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 10229 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 10230 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 10231 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 10232 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 10233 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 10234 return true; 10235 } 10236 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 10237 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 10238 << Prev->isFixed(); 10239 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10240 return true; 10241 } 10242 10243 return false; 10244 } 10245 10246 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 10247 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 10248 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 10249 /// 10250 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 10251 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 10252 switch (Tag) { 10253 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 10254 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 10255 case TTK_Class: return 2; 10256 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 10257 } 10258 } 10259 10260 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 10261 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 10262 /// 10263 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 10264 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 10265 { 10266 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 10267 } 10268 10269 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 10270 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 10271 /// 10272 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 10273 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 10274 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 10275 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 10276 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 10277 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 10278 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 10279 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 10280 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 10281 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 10282 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 10283 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 10284 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 10285 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 10286 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 10287 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 10288 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 10289 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 10290 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 10291 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 10292 if (OldTag == NewTag) 10293 return true; 10294 10295 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 10296 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 10297 bool isTemplate = false; 10298 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 10299 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10300 10301 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10302 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 10303 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 10304 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10305 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10306 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10307 return true; 10308 } 10309 10310 if (isDefinition) { 10311 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 10312 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 10313 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10314 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 10315 return true; 10316 } 10317 10318 bool previousMismatch = false; 10319 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 10320 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 10321 if (!previousMismatch) { 10322 previousMismatch = true; 10323 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 10324 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10325 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 10326 } 10327 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10328 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 10329 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 10330 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 10331 } 10332 } 10333 return true; 10334 } 10335 10336 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 10337 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 10338 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 10339 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 10340 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 10341 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 10342 return true; 10343 } 10344 10345 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10346 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10347 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10348 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10349 10350 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 10351 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10352 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10353 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 10354 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 10355 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 10356 } 10357 10358 return true; 10359 } 10360 return false; 10361 } 10362 10363 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 10364 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 10365 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 10366 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 10367 /// 10368 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or 10369 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 10370 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 10371 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 10372 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 10373 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 10374 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 10375 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10376 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 10377 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 10378 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 10379 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 10380 bool IsTypeSpecifier) { 10381 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 10382 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 10383 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 10384 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 10385 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 10386 10387 OwnedDecl = false; 10388 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 10389 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 10390 10391 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 10392 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 10393 bool Invalid = false; 10394 10395 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 10396 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 10397 // for non-C++ cases. 10398 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 10399 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 10400 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 10401 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 10402 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, TemplateParameterLists, TUK == TUK_Friend, 10403 isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 10404 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10405 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 10406 return 0; 10407 } 10408 10409 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 10410 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 10411 // be a member of another template). 10412 10413 if (Invalid) 10414 return 0; 10415 10416 OwnedDecl = false; 10417 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 10418 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 10419 TemplateParams, AS, 10420 ModulePrivateLoc, 10421 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 10422 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10423 return Result.get(); 10424 } else { 10425 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 10426 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 10427 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 10428 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 10429 } 10430 } 10431 } 10432 10433 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 10434 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 10435 // redeclaration. 10436 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 10437 10438 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10439 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 10440 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 10441 // type, default to int. 10442 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10443 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 10444 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 10445 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 10446 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 10447 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 10448 EnumUnderlying = TI; 10449 10450 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 10451 // Recover by falling back to int. 10452 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10453 10454 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 10455 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 10456 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10457 10458 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 10459 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 10460 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10461 } 10462 10463 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 10464 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 10465 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 10466 10467 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 10468 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 10469 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 10470 10471 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 10472 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 10473 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10474 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 10475 10476 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 10477 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 10478 Name = 0; 10479 goto CreateNewDecl; 10480 } 10481 10482 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 10483 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 10484 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 10485 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 10486 if (!DC) { 10487 IsDependent = true; 10488 return 0; 10489 } 10490 } else { 10491 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 10492 if (!DC) { 10493 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 10494 << SS.getRange(); 10495 return 0; 10496 } 10497 } 10498 10499 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 10500 return 0; 10501 10502 SearchDC = DC; 10503 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 10504 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 10505 10506 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 10507 return 0; 10508 10509 if (Previous.empty()) { 10510 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 10511 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 10512 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 10513 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 10514 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 10515 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 10516 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 10517 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 10518 IsDependent = true; 10519 return 0; 10520 } 10521 10522 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 10523 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 10524 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 10525 Name = 0; 10526 Invalid = true; 10527 goto CreateNewDecl; 10528 } 10529 } else if (Name) { 10530 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 10531 // declaration or definition. 10532 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 10533 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 10534 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 10535 LookupName(Previous, S); 10536 10537 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 10538 // by types using'ed into this scope. 10539 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 10540 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 10541 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 10542 while (F.hasNext()) { 10543 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 10544 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 10545 F.erase(); 10546 } 10547 F.done(); 10548 } 10549 10550 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 10551 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 10552 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 10553 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 10554 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 10555 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 10556 // 10557 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 10558 // semantic context? 10559 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10560 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 10561 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 10562 while (F.hasNext()) { 10563 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 10564 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10565 if (DC->isFileContext() && 10566 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 10567 F.erase(); 10568 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 10569 } 10570 } 10571 F.done(); 10572 } 10573 10574 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 10575 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 10576 return 0; 10577 10578 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 10579 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 10580 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 10581 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 10582 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 10583 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 10584 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 10585 } 10586 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 10587 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 10588 // initial context to the translation unit. 10589 // FIXME: [citation needed] 10590 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10591 } 10592 10593 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 10594 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 10595 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10596 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 10597 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10598 Previous.clear(); 10599 } 10600 10601 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 10602 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 10603 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 10604 isStdBadAlloc = true; 10605 10606 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 10607 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 10608 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 10609 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 10610 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 10611 } 10612 } 10613 10614 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 10615 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 10616 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 10617 // there's a shadow friend decl. 10618 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 10619 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 10620 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 10621 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 10622 10623 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 10624 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 10625 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 10626 // 10627 // class-key identifier 10628 // 10629 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 10630 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 10631 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 10632 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 10633 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 10634 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 10635 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 10636 // declaration. 10637 // 10638 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 10639 // C structs and unions. 10640 // 10641 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 10642 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 10643 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 10644 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 10645 // 10646 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 10647 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 10648 // 10649 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 10650 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 10651 // lexical context, 10652 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10653 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 10654 10655 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 10656 while (S->isClassScope() || 10657 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10658 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 10659 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 10660 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 10661 S = S->getParent(); 10662 } else { 10663 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 10664 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 10665 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 10666 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 10667 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 10668 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 10669 } 10670 10671 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 10672 // diagnose some problems. 10673 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10674 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 10675 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 10676 } 10677 } 10678 10679 if (!Previous.empty()) { 10680 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 10681 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = 10682 getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl; 10683 10684 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 10685 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 10686 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 10687 // in C++. 10688 // 10689 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 10690 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 10691 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 10692 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 10693 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10694 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10695 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 10696 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 10697 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 10698 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 10699 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 10700 PrevDecl = Tag; 10701 Previous.clear(); 10702 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 10703 Previous.resolveKind(); 10704 } 10705 } 10706 } 10707 } 10708 10709 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10710 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 10711 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 10712 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 10713 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 10714 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 10715 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 10716 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 10717 // struct or something similar. 10718 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 10719 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 10720 *Name)) { 10721 bool SafeToContinue 10722 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 10723 Kind != TTK_Enum); 10724 if (SafeToContinue) 10725 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 10726 << Name 10727 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 10728 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 10729 else 10730 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 10731 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10732 10733 if (SafeToContinue) 10734 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 10735 else { 10736 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 10737 Name = 0; 10738 Previous.clear(); 10739 Invalid = true; 10740 } 10741 } 10742 10743 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 10744 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 10745 10746 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 10747 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 10748 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10749 if (ScopedEnum) 10750 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 10751 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 10752 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 10753 return PrevTagDecl; 10754 } 10755 10756 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 10757 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 10758 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 10759 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 10760 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 10761 10762 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 10763 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 10764 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 10765 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 10766 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 10767 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 10768 } 10769 10770 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 10771 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 10772 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 10773 // and then later defined. 10774 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 10775 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10776 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 10777 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10778 } 10779 10780 if (!Invalid) { 10781 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 10782 10783 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 10784 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 10785 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 10786 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 10787 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 10788 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 10789 return PrevTagDecl; 10790 10791 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 10792 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10793 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 10794 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 10795 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 10796 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 10797 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 10798 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 10799 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 10800 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 10801 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 10802 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 10803 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 10804 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 10805 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 10806 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 10807 } 10808 10809 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 10810 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 10811 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 10812 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 10813 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 10814 else 10815 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 10816 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10817 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 10818 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 10819 // references get the previous definition. 10820 Name = 0; 10821 Previous.clear(); 10822 Invalid = true; 10823 } 10824 } else { 10825 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 10826 // about a nested redefinition. 10827 const TagType *Tag 10828 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 10829 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 10830 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 10831 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 10832 diag::note_previous_definition); 10833 Name = 0; 10834 Previous.clear(); 10835 Invalid = true; 10836 } 10837 } 10838 10839 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 10840 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 10841 } 10842 } 10843 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 10844 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 10845 10846 } else { 10847 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 10848 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 10849 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 10850 // have distinct types. 10851 Previous.clear(); 10852 } 10853 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 10854 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 10855 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 10856 10857 10858 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 10859 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 10860 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 10861 } else { 10862 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 10863 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 10864 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 10865 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 10866 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 10867 unsigned Kind = 0; 10868 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10869 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 10870 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 10871 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 10872 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 10873 Invalid = true; 10874 10875 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 10876 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 10877 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 10878 // do nothing 10879 10880 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 10881 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10882 unsigned Kind = 0; 10883 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10884 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 10885 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 10886 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 10887 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 10888 Invalid = true; 10889 10890 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 10891 // case here. 10892 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10893 unsigned Kind = 0; 10894 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 10895 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 10896 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 10897 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 10898 Invalid = true; 10899 10900 // Otherwise, diagnose. 10901 } else { 10902 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 10903 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 10904 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 10905 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10906 Name = 0; 10907 Invalid = true; 10908 } 10909 10910 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 10911 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 10912 Previous.clear(); 10913 } 10914 } 10915 10916 CreateNewDecl: 10917 10918 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 10919 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 10920 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 10921 10922 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 10923 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 10924 // keyword. 10925 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 10926 10927 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 10928 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 10929 // PrevDecl. 10930 TagDecl *New; 10931 10932 bool IsForwardReference = false; 10933 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10934 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10935 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 10936 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10937 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 10938 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 10939 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 10940 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 10941 TagDecl *Def; 10942 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 10943 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 10944 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 10945 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 10946 } 10947 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 10948 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 10949 << New; 10950 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10951 } else { 10952 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 10953 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 10954 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 10955 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10956 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 10957 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 10958 10959 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 10960 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 10961 // the declaration context. 10962 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 10963 IsForwardReference = true; 10964 } 10965 } 10966 10967 if (EnumUnderlying) { 10968 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 10969 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 10970 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 10971 else 10972 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 10973 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 10974 } 10975 10976 } else { 10977 // struct/union/class 10978 10979 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 10980 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 10981 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10982 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 10983 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10984 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10985 10986 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 10987 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 10988 } else 10989 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 10990 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 10991 } 10992 10993 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 10994 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 10995 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 10996 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 10997 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 10998 Invalid = true; 10999 } 11000 11001 // Maybe add qualifier info. 11002 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11003 if (SS.isSet()) { 11004 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 11005 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 11006 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 11007 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 11008 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 11009 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 11010 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 11011 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 11012 Invalid = true; 11013 11014 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 11015 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 11016 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 11017 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 11018 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11019 } 11020 } 11021 else 11022 Invalid = true; 11023 } 11024 11025 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 11026 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 11027 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 11028 // 11029 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 11030 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 11031 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 11032 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 11033 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 11034 // parsing of the struct). 11035 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11036 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 11037 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 11038 } 11039 } 11040 11041 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 11042 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 11043 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 11044 << 2 11045 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 11046 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 11047 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 11048 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 11049 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11050 New->setModulePrivate(); 11051 } 11052 11053 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 11054 // check the specialization. 11055 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 11056 Invalid = true; 11057 11058 if (Invalid) 11059 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11060 11061 if (Attr) 11062 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11063 11064 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 11065 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 11066 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 11067 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 11068 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 11069 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11070 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 11071 } 11072 11073 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 11074 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 11075 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11076 11077 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 11078 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 11079 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 11080 // the tag name visible. 11081 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 11082 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(!FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace && 11083 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 11084 11085 // Set the access specifier. 11086 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 11087 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 11088 11089 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 11090 New->startDefinition(); 11091 11092 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11093 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11094 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 11095 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 11096 if (PrevDecl) 11097 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 11098 11099 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11100 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11101 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 11102 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 11103 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 11104 } else if (Name) { 11105 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11106 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 11107 if (IsForwardReference) 11108 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11109 11110 } else { 11111 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11112 } 11113 11114 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 11115 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 11116 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 11117 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 11118 II->isStr("FILE")) 11119 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 11120 11121 if (PrevDecl) 11122 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 11123 11124 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11125 // record. 11126 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 11127 11128 OwnedDecl = true; 11129 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 11130 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 11131 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New; 11132 } 11133 11134 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11135 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11136 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11137 11138 // Enter the tag context. 11139 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 11140 11141 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 11142 11143 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11144 // record. 11145 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 11146 } 11147 11148 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 11149 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 11150 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 11151 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 11152 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 11153 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 11154 CurContext = OCD; 11155 return IDecl; 11156 } 11157 11158 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11159 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 11160 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 11161 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 11162 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11163 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 11164 11165 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 11166 11167 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 11168 return; 11169 11170 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 11171 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 11172 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 11173 11174 // C++ [class]p2: 11175 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 11176 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 11177 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 11178 // as if it were a public member name. 11179 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 11180 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 11181 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 11182 Record->getIdentifier(), 11183 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 11184 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 11185 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 11186 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 11187 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 11188 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 11189 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 11190 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 11191 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 11192 "Broken injected-class-name"); 11193 } 11194 11195 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11196 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 11197 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11198 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11199 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 11200 11201 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11202 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11203 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 11204 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11205 RD->completeDefinition(); 11206 } 11207 11208 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 11209 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 11210 11211 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 11212 PopDeclContext(); 11213 11214 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11215 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 11216 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 11217 11218 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 11219 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 11220 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 11221 } 11222 11223 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 11224 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 11225 PopDeclContext(); 11226 } 11227 11228 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11229 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 11230 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 11231 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 11232 } 11233 11234 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11235 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 11236 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 11237 } 11238 11239 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11240 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11241 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11242 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 11243 11244 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11245 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11246 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11247 RD->completeDefinition(); 11248 } 11249 11250 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 11251 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 11252 // the FieldCollector. 11253 11254 PopDeclContext(); 11255 } 11256 11257 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 11258 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 11259 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 11260 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 11261 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 11262 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 11263 if (ZeroWidth) 11264 *ZeroWidth = true; 11265 11266 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 11267 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 11268 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 11269 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 11270 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 11271 return ExprError(); 11272 if (FieldName) 11273 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 11274 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 11275 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 11276 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 11277 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 11278 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 11279 return ExprError(); 11280 11281 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 11282 // it now. 11283 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 11284 return Owned(BitWidth); 11285 11286 llvm::APSInt Value; 11287 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 11288 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 11289 return ICE; 11290 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 11291 11292 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 11293 *ZeroWidth = false; 11294 11295 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 11296 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 11297 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 11298 11299 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 11300 if (FieldName) 11301 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 11302 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 11303 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 11304 << Value.toString(10); 11305 } 11306 11307 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 11308 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 11309 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 11310 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 11311 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 11312 if (FieldName) 11313 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11314 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 11315 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11316 11317 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11318 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11319 } 11320 11321 if (FieldName) 11322 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11323 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 11324 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11325 else 11326 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11327 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11328 } 11329 } 11330 11331 return Owned(BitWidth); 11332 } 11333 11334 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 11335 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 11336 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 11337 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 11338 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 11339 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 11340 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 11341 return Res; 11342 } 11343 11344 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 11345 /// 11346 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 11347 SourceLocation DeclStart, 11348 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 11349 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11350 AccessSpecifier AS) { 11351 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 11352 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 11353 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 11354 11355 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11356 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 11357 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11358 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11359 11360 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 11361 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 11362 D.setInvalidType(); 11363 T = Context.IntTy; 11364 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 11365 } 11366 } 11367 11368 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 11369 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 11370 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 11371 D.setInvalidType(); 11372 } 11373 11374 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 11375 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 11376 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 11377 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 11378 D.setInvalidType(); 11379 } 11380 11381 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 11382 11383 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11384 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11385 diag::err_invalid_thread) 11386 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11387 11388 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 11389 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 11390 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 11391 LookupName(Previous, S); 11392 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 11393 case LookupResult::Found: 11394 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 11395 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 11396 break; 11397 11398 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 11399 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 11400 break; 11401 11402 case LookupResult::NotFound: 11403 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 11404 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 11405 break; 11406 } 11407 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 11408 11409 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11410 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11411 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11412 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11413 PrevDecl = 0; 11414 } 11415 11416 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 11417 PrevDecl = 0; 11418 11419 bool Mutable 11420 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 11421 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 11422 FieldDecl *NewFD 11423 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 11424 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 11425 11426 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 11427 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11428 11429 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11430 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 11431 11432 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 11433 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 11434 // with the same name in the same scope. 11435 } else if (II) { 11436 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 11437 } else 11438 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 11439 11440 return NewFD; 11441 } 11442 11443 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 11444 /// 11445 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 11446 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 11447 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 11448 /// created. 11449 /// 11450 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 11451 /// 11452 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 11453 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 11454 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 11455 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 11456 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 11457 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11458 SourceLocation TSSL, 11459 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 11460 Declarator *D) { 11461 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 11462 bool InvalidDecl = false; 11463 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 11464 11465 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 11466 // marking this declaration as invalid. 11467 if (T.isNull()) { 11468 InvalidDecl = true; 11469 T = Context.IntTy; 11470 } 11471 11472 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 11473 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 11474 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11475 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 11476 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11477 InvalidDecl = true; 11478 } else { 11479 NamedDecl *Def; 11480 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 11481 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 11482 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11483 InvalidDecl = true; 11484 } 11485 } 11486 } 11487 11488 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 11489 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 11490 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 11491 InvalidDecl = true; 11492 } 11493 11494 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 11495 // than a variably modified type. 11496 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 11497 bool SizeIsNegative; 11498 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 11499 11500 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 11501 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 11502 SizeIsNegative, 11503 Oversized); 11504 if (FixedTInfo) { 11505 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 11506 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 11507 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 11508 } else { 11509 if (SizeIsNegative) 11510 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 11511 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 11512 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 11513 << Oversized.toString(10); 11514 else 11515 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 11516 InvalidDecl = true; 11517 } 11518 } 11519 11520 // Fields can not have abstract class types 11521 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 11522 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11523 AbstractFieldType)) 11524 InvalidDecl = true; 11525 11526 bool ZeroWidth = false; 11527 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 11528 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 11529 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 11530 &ZeroWidth).take(); 11531 if (!BitWidth) { 11532 InvalidDecl = true; 11533 BitWidth = 0; 11534 ZeroWidth = false; 11535 } 11536 } 11537 11538 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 11539 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 11540 unsigned DiagID = 0; 11541 if (T->isReferenceType()) 11542 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 11543 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 11544 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 11545 11546 if (DiagID) { 11547 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 11548 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 11549 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 11550 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 11551 Mutable = false; 11552 InvalidDecl = true; 11553 } 11554 } 11555 11556 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 11557 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 11558 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 11559 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 11560 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 11561 11562 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 11563 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 11564 if (InvalidDecl) 11565 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11566 11567 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11568 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 11569 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11570 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11571 } 11572 11573 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11574 if (Record->isUnion()) { 11575 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11576 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 11577 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 11578 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 11579 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 11580 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 11581 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 11582 // objects. 11583 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 11584 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11585 } 11586 } 11587 11588 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 11589 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 11590 // enabled. 11591 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 11592 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 11593 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 11594 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 11595 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 11596 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 11597 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11598 } 11599 } 11600 } 11601 11602 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 11603 // representation, not a parser representation. 11604 if (D) { 11605 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 11606 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 11607 11608 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 11609 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 11610 } 11611 11612 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 11613 // retainable type. 11614 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 11615 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 11616 11617 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 11618 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 11619 11620 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 11621 return NewFD; 11622 } 11623 11624 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 11625 assert(FD); 11626 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 11627 11628 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 11629 return false; 11630 11631 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 11632 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11633 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 11634 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 11635 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 11636 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 11637 // copy constructors. 11638 11639 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 11640 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 11641 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 11642 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 11643 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 11644 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 11645 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 11646 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 11647 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 11648 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 11649 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 11650 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 11651 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 11652 member = CXXDestructor; 11653 11654 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 11655 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 11656 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 11657 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 11658 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 11659 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 11660 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 11661 // members unavailable. 11662 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 11663 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 11664 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 11665 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11666 "this system field has retaining ownership", 11667 Loc)); 11668 return false; 11669 } 11670 } 11671 11672 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 11673 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 11674 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 11675 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 11676 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 11677 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 11678 } 11679 } 11680 } 11681 11682 return false; 11683 } 11684 11685 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 11686 /// AST enum value. 11687 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 11688 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 11689 switch (ivarVisibility) { 11690 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 11691 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 11692 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 11693 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 11694 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 11695 } 11696 } 11697 11698 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 11699 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 11700 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 11701 SourceLocation DeclStart, 11702 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 11703 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 11704 11705 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 11706 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 11707 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 11708 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 11709 11710 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 11711 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 11712 11713 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11714 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 11715 11716 if (BitWidth) { 11717 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 11718 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).take(); 11719 if (!BitWidth) 11720 D.setInvalidType(); 11721 } else { 11722 // Not a bitfield. 11723 11724 // validate II. 11725 11726 } 11727 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 11728 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 11729 D.setInvalidType(); 11730 } 11731 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 11732 // than a variably modified type. 11733 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 11734 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 11735 D.setInvalidType(); 11736 } 11737 11738 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 11739 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 11740 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 11741 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 11742 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 11743 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 11744 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 11745 return 0; 11746 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 11747 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 11748 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11749 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 11750 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 11751 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 11752 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 11753 } 11754 else 11755 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 11756 } else { 11757 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 11758 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11759 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 11760 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 11761 return 0; 11762 } 11763 } 11764 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 11765 } 11766 11767 // Construct the decl. 11768 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 11769 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 11770 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 11771 11772 if (II) { 11773 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 11774 ForRedeclaration); 11775 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 11776 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11777 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 11778 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11779 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11780 } 11781 } 11782 11783 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 11784 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 11785 11786 if (D.isInvalidType()) 11787 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11788 11789 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 11790 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 11791 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 11792 11793 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11794 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 11795 11796 if (II) { 11797 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 11798 // these to the interface. 11799 S->AddDecl(NewID); 11800 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 11801 } 11802 11803 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 11804 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 11805 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 11806 11807 return NewID; 11808 } 11809 11810 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 11811 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 11812 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 11813 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 11814 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 11815 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 11816 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 11817 return; 11818 11819 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 11820 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 11821 11822 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 11823 return; 11824 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 11825 if (!ID) { 11826 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 11827 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 11828 return; 11829 } 11830 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 11831 else 11832 return; 11833 } 11834 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 11835 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 11836 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 11837 11838 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 11839 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 11840 Context.CharTy, 11841 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 11842 DeclLoc), 11843 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 11844 true); 11845 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 11846 } 11847 11848 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 11849 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 11850 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 11851 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 11852 11853 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 11854 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 11855 // it will now change. 11856 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 11857 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 11858 switch (DC->getKind()) { 11859 default: break; 11860 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 11861 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 11862 break; 11863 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 11864 Context. 11865 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 11866 break; 11867 } 11868 } 11869 11870 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 11871 11872 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 11873 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 11874 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 11875 if (Record) { 11876 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 11877 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 11878 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 11879 ++NumNamedMembers; 11880 } 11881 } 11882 11883 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 11884 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 11885 11886 bool ARCErrReported = false; 11887 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 11888 i != end; ++i) { 11889 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 11890 11891 // Get the type for the field. 11892 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 11893 11894 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 11895 // Remember all fields written by the user. 11896 RecFields.push_back(FD); 11897 } 11898 11899 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 11900 // diagnostics about it. 11901 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 11902 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11903 continue; 11904 } 11905 11906 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 11907 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 11908 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 11909 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 11910 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 11911 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 11912 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 11913 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 11914 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 11915 // array. 11916 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 11917 // Field declared as a function. 11918 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 11919 << FD->getDeclName(); 11920 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11921 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11922 continue; 11923 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 11924 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 11925 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 11926 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 11927 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 11928 // Flexible array member. 11929 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 11930 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 11931 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 11932 unsigned DiagID = 0; 11933 if (Record->isUnion()) 11934 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 11935 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 11936 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 11937 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 11938 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 11939 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 11940 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 11941 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 11942 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 11943 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 11944 : NumNamedMembers < 1 11945 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 11946 : 0; 11947 11948 if (DiagID) 11949 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 11950 << Record->getTagKind(); 11951 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 11952 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 11953 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 11954 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 11955 // of the type. 11956 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 11957 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 11958 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 11959 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11960 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 11961 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 11962 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 11963 11964 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 11965 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 11966 // 11967 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 11968 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 11969 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 11970 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 11971 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 11972 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11973 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11974 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11975 continue; 11976 } 11977 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 11978 if (Record) 11979 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11980 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 11981 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 11982 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11983 // Incomplete type 11984 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11985 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11986 continue; 11987 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 11988 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 11989 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 11990 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 11991 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 11992 } else { 11993 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 11994 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 11995 // structures. 11996 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 11997 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 11998 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 11999 else { 12000 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 12001 // other structs as an extension. 12002 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 12003 << FD->getDeclName(); 12004 if (Record) 12005 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12006 } 12007 } 12008 } 12009 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 12010 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12011 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12012 AbstractIvarType)) { 12013 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 12014 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12015 } 12016 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12017 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12018 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 12019 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12020 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 12021 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 12022 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 12023 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 12024 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 12025 FD->setType(T); 12026 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 12027 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 12028 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 12029 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 12030 // so we just make the field unavailable. 12031 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 12032 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 12033 QualType T = FD->getType(); 12034 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 12035 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 12036 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 12037 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 12038 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 12039 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12040 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12041 loc)); 12042 } 12043 } else { 12044 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 12045 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 12046 } 12047 ARCErrReported = true; 12048 } 12049 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 12050 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 12051 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 12052 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12053 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 12054 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12055 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 12056 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12057 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 12058 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12059 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12060 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12061 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 12062 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12063 } 12064 } 12065 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 12066 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12067 // Keep track of the number of named members. 12068 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 12069 ++NumNamedMembers; 12070 } 12071 12072 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 12073 if (Record) { 12074 bool Completed = false; 12075 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 12076 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 12077 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 12078 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 12079 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 12080 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 12081 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 12082 12083 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 12084 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 12085 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 12086 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12087 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 12088 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 12089 } 12090 12091 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 12092 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 12093 12094 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 12095 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 12096 // problem now. 12097 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 12098 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 12099 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 12100 12101 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 12102 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 12103 M != MEnd; ++M) { 12104 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 12105 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 12106 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 12107 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 12108 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 12109 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 12110 continue; 12111 12112 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 12113 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 12114 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 12115 // program is ill-formed. 12116 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 12117 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 12118 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 12119 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 12120 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 12121 OM = SO->second.begin(), 12122 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 12123 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 12124 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 12125 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 12126 12127 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12128 } 12129 } 12130 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 12131 Completed = true; 12132 } 12133 } 12134 } 12135 } 12136 12137 if (!Completed) 12138 Record->completeDefinition(); 12139 12140 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 12141 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 12142 12143 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 12144 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 12145 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 12146 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 12147 } 12148 12149 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 12150 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 12151 // compatibility problems. 12152 bool CheckForZeroSize; 12153 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12154 CheckForZeroSize = true; 12155 } else { 12156 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 12157 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 12158 CheckForZeroSize = 12159 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 12160 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 12161 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 12162 } 12163 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 12164 bool ZeroSize = true; 12165 bool IsEmpty = true; 12166 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 12167 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 12168 E = Record->field_end(); 12169 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 12170 IsEmpty = false; 12171 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 12172 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 12173 ZeroSize = false; 12174 } else { 12175 ++NonBitFields; 12176 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 12177 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 12178 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 12179 ZeroSize = false; 12180 } 12181 } 12182 12183 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 12184 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 12185 // extern "C" block. 12186 if (ZeroSize) { 12187 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 12188 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 12189 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 12190 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 12191 } 12192 12193 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 12194 // but are accepted by GCC. 12195 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12196 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 12197 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 12198 << Record->isUnion(); 12199 } 12200 } 12201 } else { 12202 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 12203 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 12204 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12205 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 12206 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 12207 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12208 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 12209 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12210 } 12211 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 12212 // duplicates. 12213 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 12214 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 12215 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12216 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12217 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 12218 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 12219 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 12220 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 12221 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 12222 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 12223 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12224 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12225 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12226 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12227 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 12228 // reported as errors elsewhere. 12229 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 12230 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 12231 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 12232 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 12233 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 12234 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12235 if (IDecl) { 12236 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 12237 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12238 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12239 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12240 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12241 continue; 12242 } 12243 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 12244 Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(), 12245 ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end(); 12246 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 12247 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 12248 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12249 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12250 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12251 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12252 continue; 12253 } 12254 } 12255 } 12256 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 12257 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12258 } 12259 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12260 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12261 } 12262 } 12263 12264 if (Attr) 12265 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 12266 } 12267 12268 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 12269 /// the given type T. 12270 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 12271 llvm::APSInt &Value, 12272 QualType T) { 12273 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 12274 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 12275 12276 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 12277 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 12278 --BitWidth; 12279 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 12280 } 12281 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 12282 } 12283 12284 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 12285 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 12286 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 12287 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 12288 // enum checking below. 12289 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 12290 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 12291 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 12292 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 12293 }; 12294 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 12295 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 12296 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 12297 }; 12298 12299 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 12300 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 12301 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 12302 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 12303 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 12304 return Types[I]; 12305 12306 return QualType(); 12307 } 12308 12309 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 12310 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 12311 SourceLocation IdLoc, 12312 IdentifierInfo *Id, 12313 Expr *Val) { 12314 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 12315 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 12316 QualType EltTy; 12317 12318 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 12319 Val = 0; 12320 12321 if (Val) 12322 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 12323 12324 if (Val) { 12325 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 12326 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12327 else { 12328 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 12329 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 12330 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 12331 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 12332 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 12333 // constant expression of the underlying type. 12334 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12335 ExprResult Converted = 12336 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 12337 CCEK_Enumerator); 12338 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 12339 Val = 0; 12340 else 12341 Val = Converted.take(); 12342 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 12343 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 12344 &EnumVal).take())) { 12345 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 12346 } else { 12347 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12348 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12349 12350 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 12351 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 12352 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 12353 // expression checking. 12354 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12355 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 12356 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 12357 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 12358 } else 12359 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 12360 } else 12361 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 12362 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12363 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 12364 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12365 // is the type of its initializing value: 12366 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 12367 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 12368 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12369 } else { 12370 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 12371 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 12372 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 12373 // representable as an int. 12374 12375 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 12376 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 12377 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12378 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 12379 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 12380 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 12381 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 12382 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 12383 } 12384 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12385 } 12386 } 12387 } 12388 } 12389 12390 if (!Val) { 12391 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 12392 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12393 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 12394 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12395 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12396 // is the type of its initializing value: 12397 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 12398 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 12399 // 12400 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 12401 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 12402 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12403 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12404 } 12405 else { 12406 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 12407 } 12408 } else { 12409 // Assign the last value + 1. 12410 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12411 ++EnumVal; 12412 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 12413 12414 // Check for overflow on increment. 12415 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 12416 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12417 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12418 // is the type of its initializing value: 12419 // 12420 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 12421 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 12422 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 12423 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 12424 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 12425 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 12426 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 12427 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 12428 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 12429 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 12430 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12431 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 12432 ++EnumVal; 12433 if (Enum->isFixed()) 12434 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 12435 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 12436 << EnumVal.toString(10) 12437 << EltTy; 12438 else 12439 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 12440 << EnumVal.toString(10); 12441 } else { 12442 EltTy = T; 12443 } 12444 12445 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 12446 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 12447 // value, then increment. 12448 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12449 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12450 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12451 ++EnumVal; 12452 12453 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 12454 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 12455 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 12456 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 12457 // integral type. 12458 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 12459 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 12460 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12461 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12462 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 12463 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12464 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 12465 } 12466 } 12467 } 12468 12469 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12470 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 12471 // enumerator's type. 12472 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12473 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12474 } 12475 12476 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 12477 Val, EnumVal); 12478 } 12479 12480 12481 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 12482 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 12483 AttributeList *Attr, 12484 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 12485 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 12486 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 12487 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 12488 12489 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 12490 // we find one that is. 12491 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12492 12493 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 12494 // scope. 12495 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 12496 ForRedeclaration); 12497 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12498 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12499 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 12500 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12501 PrevDecl = 0; 12502 } 12503 12504 if (PrevDecl) { 12505 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 12506 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 12507 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 12508 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 12509 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 12510 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12511 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 12512 else 12513 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 12514 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12515 return 0; 12516 } 12517 } 12518 12519 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 12520 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 12521 // different from T: 12522 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 12523 // enumerated type 12524 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 12525 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 12526 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12527 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 12528 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 12529 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 12530 12531 EnumConstantDecl *New = 12532 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 12533 12534 if (New) { 12535 // Process attributes. 12536 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12537 12538 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 12539 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 12540 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 12541 } 12542 12543 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 12544 12545 return New; 12546 } 12547 12548 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 12549 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 12550 // Element2 = Element1 12551 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 12552 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 12553 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 12554 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 12555 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 12556 if (!InitExpr) 12557 return true; 12558 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 12559 12560 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 12561 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 12562 return true; 12563 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 12564 if (!IL) 12565 return true; 12566 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 12567 return true; 12568 12569 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 12570 } 12571 12572 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 12573 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 12574 if (!DRE) 12575 return true; 12576 12577 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 12578 if (!EnumConstant) 12579 return true; 12580 12581 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 12582 Enum) 12583 return true; 12584 12585 return false; 12586 } 12587 12588 struct DupKey { 12589 int64_t val; 12590 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 12591 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 12592 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 12593 }; 12594 12595 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 12596 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 12597 false); 12598 } 12599 12600 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 12601 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 12602 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 12603 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 12604 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 12605 } 12606 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 12607 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 12608 LHS.val == RHS.val; 12609 } 12610 }; 12611 12612 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 12613 // a previous element has already been set to. 12614 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 12615 EnumDecl *Enum, 12616 QualType EnumType) { 12617 if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, 12618 Enum->getLocation()) == 12619 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 12620 return; 12621 // Avoid anonymous enums 12622 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 12623 return; 12624 12625 // Only check for small enums. 12626 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 12627 return; 12628 12629 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 12630 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 12631 12632 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 12633 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 12634 ValueToVectorMap; 12635 12636 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 12637 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 12638 12639 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 12640 // an initialier. 12641 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12642 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12643 12644 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 12645 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 12646 if (!ECD) { 12647 return; 12648 } 12649 12650 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 12651 continue; 12652 12653 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 12654 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 12655 12656 // First time encountering this value. 12657 if (Entry.isNull()) 12658 Entry = ECD; 12659 } 12660 12661 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 12662 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12663 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12664 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 12665 continue; 12666 12667 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 12668 12669 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 12670 if (Entry.isNull()) 12671 continue; 12672 12673 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 12674 // Ensure constants are different. 12675 if (D == ECD) 12676 continue; 12677 12678 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 12679 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 12680 Vec->push_back(D); 12681 Vec->push_back(ECD); 12682 12683 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 12684 Entry = Vec; 12685 12686 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 12687 // diagnostics. 12688 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 12689 continue; 12690 } 12691 12692 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 12693 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 12694 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 12695 continue; 12696 12697 Vec->push_back(ECD); 12698 } 12699 12700 // Emit diagnostics. 12701 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 12702 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 12703 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 12704 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 12705 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 12706 12707 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 12708 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 12709 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 12710 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 12711 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 12712 ++I; 12713 12714 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 12715 // the same value. 12716 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 12717 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 12718 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 12719 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 12720 delete Vec; 12721 } 12722 } 12723 12724 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 12725 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 12726 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 12727 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 12728 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 12729 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 12730 12731 if (Attr) 12732 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 12733 12734 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 12735 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12736 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 12737 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12738 if (!ECD) continue; 12739 12740 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12741 } 12742 12743 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 12744 return; 12745 } 12746 12747 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 12748 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 12749 // emit a warning. 12750 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 12751 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 12752 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 12753 12754 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 12755 // reverse the list. 12756 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 12757 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 12758 12759 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 12760 bool AllElementsInt = true; 12761 12762 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12763 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 12764 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12765 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 12766 12767 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 12768 12769 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 12770 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 12771 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 12772 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 12773 else 12774 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 12775 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 12776 12777 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 12778 if (AllElementsInt) 12779 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 12780 } 12781 12782 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 12783 QualType BestType; 12784 unsigned BestWidth; 12785 12786 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 12787 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 12788 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 12789 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 12790 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 12791 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 12792 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 12793 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 12794 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 12795 QualType BestPromotionType; 12796 12797 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 12798 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 12799 // enum definitions. 12800 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 12801 Packed = true; 12802 12803 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12804 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12805 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 12806 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 12807 else 12808 BestPromotionType = BestType; 12809 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 12810 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 12811 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 12812 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12813 } 12814 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 12815 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 12816 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 12817 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 12818 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 12819 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 12820 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12821 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 12822 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 12823 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 12824 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 12825 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 12826 BestType = Context.IntTy; 12827 BestWidth = IntWidth; 12828 } else { 12829 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 12830 12831 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 12832 BestType = Context.LongTy; 12833 } else { 12834 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 12835 12836 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 12837 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 12838 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 12839 } 12840 } 12841 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 12842 } else { 12843 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 12844 // all of the enumerator values. 12845 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 12846 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 12847 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 12848 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 12849 BestWidth = CharWidth; 12850 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 12851 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 12852 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 12853 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 12854 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 12855 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 12856 BestWidth = IntWidth; 12857 BestPromotionType 12858 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12859 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 12860 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 12861 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 12862 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 12863 BestPromotionType 12864 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12865 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 12866 } else { 12867 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 12868 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 12869 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 12870 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 12871 BestPromotionType 12872 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12873 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 12874 } 12875 } 12876 12877 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 12878 // the type of the enum if needed. 12879 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12880 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 12881 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 12882 12883 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 12884 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 12885 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 12886 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 12887 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 12888 12889 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 12890 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 12891 12892 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 12893 // the enum decl type. 12894 QualType NewTy; 12895 unsigned NewWidth; 12896 bool NewSign; 12897 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12898 !Enum->isFixed() && 12899 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 12900 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 12901 NewWidth = IntWidth; 12902 NewSign = true; 12903 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 12904 // Already the right type! 12905 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12906 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 12907 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 12908 // enumeration. 12909 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12910 continue; 12911 } else { 12912 NewTy = BestType; 12913 NewWidth = BestWidth; 12914 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 12915 } 12916 12917 // Adjust the APSInt value. 12918 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 12919 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 12920 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 12921 12922 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 12923 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 12924 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 12925 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 12926 CK_IntegralCast, 12927 ECD->getInitExpr(), 12928 /*base paths*/ 0, 12929 VK_RValue)); 12930 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12931 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 12932 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 12933 // enumeration. 12934 ECD->setType(EnumType); 12935 else 12936 ECD->setType(NewTy); 12937 } 12938 12939 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 12940 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 12941 12942 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 12943 12944 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 12945 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 12946 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 12947 } 12948 12949 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 12950 SourceLocation StartLoc, 12951 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 12952 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 12953 12954 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 12955 AsmString, StartLoc, 12956 EndLoc); 12957 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12958 return New; 12959 } 12960 12961 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 12962 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 12963 DeclContext *DC) { 12964 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 12965 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 12966 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 12967 if (!M->IsExternC) { 12968 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 12969 << M->getFullModuleName(); 12970 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 12971 return; 12972 } 12973 break; 12974 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 12975 break; 12976 } 12977 DC = LSD->getParent(); 12978 } 12979 12980 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 12981 DC = DC->getParent(); 12982 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 12983 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 12984 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 12985 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 12986 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 12987 << DC; 12988 } 12989 } 12990 12991 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 12992 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 12993 ModuleIdPath Path) { 12994 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 12995 Module::AllVisible, 12996 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 12997 if (!Mod) 12998 return true; 12999 13000 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 13001 13002 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 13003 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 13004 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 13005 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 13006 // We need the length to be consistent. 13007 if (!ModCheck) 13008 break; 13009 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 13010 13011 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 13012 } 13013 13014 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 13015 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 13016 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 13017 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 13018 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 13019 return Import; 13020 } 13021 13022 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 13023 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 13024 13025 // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here? 13026 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc, 13027 /*Complain=*/true); 13028 } 13029 13030 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) { 13031 // Create the implicit import declaration. 13032 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 13033 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 13034 Loc, Mod, Loc); 13035 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 13036 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 13037 13038 // Make the module visible. 13039 PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 13040 /*Complain=*/false); 13041 } 13042 13043 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13044 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13045 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13046 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13047 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13048 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 13049 LookupOrdinaryName); 13050 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, 13051 AliasName->getName(), 0); 13052 13053 if (PrevDecl) 13054 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 13055 else 13056 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13057 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 13058 } 13059 13060 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13061 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13062 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 13063 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 13064 13065 if (PrevDecl) { 13066 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 13067 } else { 13068 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13069 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 13070 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 13071 } 13072 } 13073 13074 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13075 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13076 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13077 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13078 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13079 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 13080 LookupOrdinaryName); 13081 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 13082 13083 if (PrevDecl) { 13084 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 13085 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13086 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 13087 } else { 13088 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13089 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 13090 } 13091 } 13092 13093 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 13094 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 13095 } 13096 13097 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 13098 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 13099 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 13100 // both the availability of the method as well as the 13101 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 13102 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 13103 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 13104 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 13105 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 13106 if (R != AR_Available) 13107 return R; 13108 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 13109 } 13110 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 13111 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 13112 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 13113 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 13114 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 13115 } 13116 return D->getAvailability(); 13117 } 13118